WO2016121926A1 - Zoom lens, optical apparatus, and zoom lens production method - Google Patents

Zoom lens, optical apparatus, and zoom lens production method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016121926A1
WO2016121926A1 PCT/JP2016/052655 JP2016052655W WO2016121926A1 WO 2016121926 A1 WO2016121926 A1 WO 2016121926A1 JP 2016052655 W JP2016052655 W JP 2016052655W WO 2016121926 A1 WO2016121926 A1 WO 2016121926A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
lens group
lens
end state
object side
focal length
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2016/052655
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
武 梅田
Original Assignee
株式会社ニコン
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社ニコン filed Critical 株式会社ニコン
Priority to JP2016572181A priority Critical patent/JPWO2016121926A1/en
Publication of WO2016121926A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016121926A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B15/00Optical objectives with means for varying the magnification
    • G02B15/14Optical objectives with means for varying the magnification by axial movement of one or more lenses or groups of lenses relative to the image plane for continuously varying the equivalent focal length of the objective
    • G02B15/145Optical objectives with means for varying the magnification by axial movement of one or more lenses or groups of lenses relative to the image plane for continuously varying the equivalent focal length of the objective having five groups only
    • G02B15/1455Optical objectives with means for varying the magnification by axial movement of one or more lenses or groups of lenses relative to the image plane for continuously varying the equivalent focal length of the objective having five groups only the first group being negative
    • G02B15/145527Optical objectives with means for varying the magnification by axial movement of one or more lenses or groups of lenses relative to the image plane for continuously varying the equivalent focal length of the objective having five groups only the first group being negative arranged -+-++

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a zoom lens, an optical apparatus, and a zoom lens manufacturing method suitable for a photographic camera, an electronic still camera, a video camera, and the like.
  • This application claims priority based on the Japan patent application 2015-017209 for which it applied on January 30, 2015, and uses the content here.
  • Patent Document 1 a wide-angle variable magnification optical system has been proposed (see, for example, Patent Document 1).
  • variable power optical system as described above has a problem that it cannot sufficiently meet the demand for an optical system with a bright F number and high optical performance.
  • One embodiment of the present invention includes a first lens group having negative refractive power, a second lens group having positive refractive power, and a third lens having negative refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis. And a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group.
  • the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group changes, and the second lens group changes.
  • the distance between the lens group and the third lens group changes, the distance between the third lens group and the fourth lens group changes, and the distance between the fourth lens group and the fifth lens group changes.
  • a zoom lens that satisfies the following conditional expression is provided. 1.000 ⁇ f5 / ( ⁇ f1) ⁇ 10.000 However, f5: focal length of the fifth lens group f1: focal length of the first lens group
  • a first lens group having a negative refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis, a first lens group having a negative refractive power, a second lens group having a positive refractive power, and a first lens group having a negative refractive power.
  • a zoom lens manufacturing method having three lens groups, a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group, and configured to satisfy the following conditional expression, The distance between the first lens group and the second lens group changes, the distance between the second lens group and the third lens group changes, and the distance between the third lens group and the fourth lens group.
  • the zoom lens manufacturing method is configured such that the distance between the fourth lens group and the fifth lens group changes. 1.000 ⁇ f5 / ( ⁇ f1) ⁇ 10.000 However, f5: focal length of the fifth lens group f1: focal length of the first lens group
  • FIGS. 1A, 1B, and 1C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to the first example in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
  • 2 (a), 2 (b), and 2 (c), respectively, are focused on an object at infinity in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the first example.
  • FIG. 3 (a), 3 (b), and 3 (c) are respectively when a short-distance object is focused in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the first example.
  • FIGS. 5A, 5B, and 5C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 2 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
  • FIGS. 6 (a), 6 (b), and 6 (c) are respectively when the object at infinity is in focus in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the second example.
  • FIGS. 9A, 9B, and 9C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to the third example in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
  • FIGS. 10 (a), 10 (b), and 10 (c), respectively, are shown when an object at infinity is in focus in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the third example.
  • FIG. 11 (a), 11 (b), and 11 (c), respectively, are those when focusing on a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the third example.
  • FIG. 12 (a), 12 (b), and 12 (c) respectively show meridional laterals during image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 3. It is an aberration diagram.
  • FIGS. 14 (a), 14 (b), and 14 (c) respectively show a zoom lens according to the fourth example when focusing on an object at infinity in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state.
  • FIG. 15 (a), 15 (b), and 15 (c), respectively, are those when focusing on a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 4.
  • FIG. 14 (a), 14 (b), and 14 (c) respectively, are those when focusing on a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 4.
  • FIGS. 17A, 17B, and 17C are sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 5 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
  • 18 (a), 18 (b), and 18 (c), respectively, are shown when an object at infinity is in focus in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 5.
  • FIG. 17A, 17B, and 17C are sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 5 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
  • FIGS. 21A, 21B, and 21C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 6 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
  • FIGS. 22 (a), 22 (b), and 22 (c) respectively show the infinite object focusing in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 6.
  • FIG. 23 (a), 23 (b), and 23 (c) are respectively when a short-distance object is focused in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 6.
  • FIG. 24 (a), 24 (b), and 24 (c) respectively show the meridional horizontal at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 6. It is an aberration diagram.
  • FIGS. 25A, 25B, and 25C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to the seventh example in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
  • FIGS. 26 (a), 26 (b), and 26 (c) are respectively when the object at infinity is in focus in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the seventh example.
  • FIG. FIGS. 27 (a), 27 (b), and 27 (c) are respectively for focusing a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the seventh example.
  • FIGS. 29A, 29B, and 29C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 8 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
  • FIGS. 30 (a), 30 (b), and 30 (c) are focused on an object at infinity in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 8.
  • FIGS. 31 (a), 31 (b), and 31 (c) are respectively when focusing on a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 8.
  • FIGS. FIG. 32 (a), 32 (b), and 32 (c) are respectively the meridional laterals at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 8. It is an aberration diagram.
  • 33A, 33B, and 33C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 9 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
  • FIGS. 35 (a), 35 (b), and 35 (c) are respectively for focusing a short distance object in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 9.
  • FIG. 36 (a), 36 (b), and 36 (c) respectively show the meridional horizontal at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 9. It is an aberration diagram.
  • FIGS. 38 (a), 38 (b), and 38 (c) are focused on an object at infinity in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 10, respectively.
  • FIGS. 39 (a), 39 (b), and 39 (c) are focused on a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 10, respectively.
  • FIG. 38 (a), 38 (b), and 39 (c) are focused on a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 10, respectively.
  • 40 (a), 40 (b), and 40 (c) are respectively the meridional laterals at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 10. It is an aberration diagram.
  • 41A, 41B, and 41C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 11 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
  • 42 (a), 42 (b), and 42 (c) are in-focus at infinity in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 11, respectively.
  • FIG. 43 (a), 43 (b), and 43 (c) are respectively for focusing a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 11.
  • FIG. 44 (a), 44 (b), and 44 (c) respectively show the meridional horizontal during vibration isolation in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 11. It is an aberration diagram.
  • FIG. 45 is a schematic diagram illustrating a configuration of a camera including a zoom lens.
  • FIG. 46 is a diagram showing an outline of a method for manufacturing a zoom lens.
  • zoom lens the optical apparatus, and the manufacturing method of the zoom lens will be described for the embodiment.
  • a zoom lens according to an embodiment will be described.
  • a zoom lens includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a first lens group having a negative refractive power, a second lens group having a positive refractive power, and a first lens group having a negative refractive power.
  • Three lens groups, a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group and when zooming, the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group changes, The distance between the second lens group and the third lens group changes, the distance between the third lens group and the fourth lens group changes, and the distance between the fourth lens group and the fifth lens group changes. Change.
  • the fifth lens group may have a positive refractive power.
  • the zoom lens satisfies the following conditional expression (1).
  • f5 focal length of the fifth lens group
  • f1 focal length of the first lens group
  • Conditional expression (1) is a conditional expression for defining an appropriate range of the ratio between the focal length of the fifth lens group and the focal length of the first lens group.
  • conditional expression (1) When the corresponding value of the conditional expression (1) exceeds the upper limit value, the power of the first lens group with respect to the fifth lens group increases, and it becomes difficult to correct curvature of field and curvature aberration particularly in the wide-angle end state. There is sex.
  • the upper limit value of conditional expression (1) In order to secure the effect, it is preferable that the upper limit value of conditional expression (1) is 8.700. In order to further secure the effect, it is preferable that the upper limit value of conditional expression (1) is 7.400.
  • conditional expression (1) if the corresponding value of conditional expression (1) is below the lower limit value, the power of the fifth lens group with respect to the first lens group will increase, and it will be difficult to correct field curvature and curvature aberration particularly in the telephoto end state. There is a possibility.
  • the lower limit value of conditional expression (1) is 1.700.
  • the zoom lens satisfies the following conditional expression (2).
  • the amount of change from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state of the distance on the optical axis from the most image side lens surface of the first lens group to the most object side lens surface of the second lens group
  • fw Focal length of the entire zoom lens system in the wide-angle end state
  • Conditional expression (2) relates to a variable magnification load between the first lens group and the second lens group, from the lens surface closest to the image side of the first lens group with respect to the focal length of the entire zoom lens system in the wide-angle end state. It is a conditional expression for prescribing an appropriate range of the ratio of the amount of change from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state of the distance on the optical axis to the lens surface closest to the object side of the second lens group.
  • conditional expression (2) If the corresponding value of conditional expression (2) exceeds the upper limit value, the distance between the first lens group and the image plane increases, and in particular, the spherical aberration and coma aberration correction burdens of the second lens group increase. It may be difficult to correct spherical aberration and coma. In order to secure the effect, it is preferable to set the upper limit value of conditional expression (2) to 4.0000. In order to further secure the effect, it is preferable that the upper limit value of conditional expression (2) is 3.000.
  • conditional expression (2) is less than the lower limit value, the zooming burden of the lens units other than the first lens unit increases, and in particular, the power of the fourth lens unit increases, so that coma aberration is increased. Correction may be difficult.
  • the zoom lens can preferably satisfy the following conditional expression (3).
  • f5 focal length of the fifth lens group
  • f4 focal length of the fourth lens group
  • Conditional expression (3) is a conditional expression for defining an appropriate range of the ratio between the focal length of the fifth lens group and the focal length of the fourth lens group. If the corresponding value of conditional expression (3) exceeds the upper limit value, the power of the fourth lens group with respect to the fifth lens group will increase, and it may be difficult to correct coma. In order to secure the effect, it is preferable that the upper limit value of conditional expression (3) is 3.300. In order to further secure the effect, it is preferable to set the upper limit value of conditional expression (3) to 2.600.
  • conditional expression (3) is less than the lower limit value, the power of the fifth lens group with respect to the fourth lens group will increase, which may make it difficult to correct field curvature.
  • the zoom lens can preferably be configured such that at least a part of the lenses in the third lens group can be moved so as to include a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis.
  • the zoom lens can preferably be configured such that at least two lenses in the third lens group can be moved so as to include a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis.
  • the vibration-proof lens group can be reduced in size.
  • the zoom lens be configured such that at least a part of the lenses in the second lens group can be moved so as to include a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis.
  • the zoom lens can preferably be configured such that at least two lenses in the second lens group can be moved so as to include a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis.
  • the anti-vibration lens group can be downsized by configuring the anti-vibration lens group so that at least two lenses in the second lens group can move so as to include a component in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. Further, it is possible to satisfactorily correct decentration coma aberration, decentration field curvature, and decentration magnification chromatic aberration during image stabilization.
  • the zoom lens can be configured so that at least a part of the lenses in the fourth lens group can move so as to include a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis.
  • the zoom lens be configured such that at least two lenses in the fourth lens group can be moved so as to include a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis.
  • the anti-vibration lens group can be downsized by configuring the anti-vibration lens group so that at least two lenses in the fourth lens group can move so as to include a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis. Further, it is possible to satisfactorily correct decentration coma aberration, decentration field curvature, and decentration magnification chromatic aberration during image stabilization.
  • the zoom lens can preferably focus from an object at infinity to a near object by moving at least some of the lenses in the second lens group along the optical axis.
  • the zoom lens is preferably capable of focusing from an object at infinity to a near object by moving at least two lenses in the second lens group along the optical axis.
  • the zoom lens it is preferable that at least a part of the third lens group is moved along the optical axis to focus from an object at infinity to a near object.
  • the zoom lens is preferably capable of focusing from an object at infinity to a near object by moving at least two lenses in the third lens group along the optical axis.
  • the zoom lens it is preferable that at least a part of the lenses in the fourth lens group be moved along the optical axis to focus from an object at infinity to a near object.
  • the zoom lens is preferably capable of focusing from an object at infinity to a near object by moving at least two lenses in the fourth lens group along the optical axis.
  • the zoom lens can focus from an object at infinity to an object at a short distance by moving part or all of the fifth lens group along the optical axis.
  • the zoom lens preferably has an aperture stop between the second lens group and the third lens group.
  • the optical apparatus according to the embodiment includes the zoom lens having the above-described configuration. Thereby, an optical apparatus having a bright F number and high optical performance can be realized.
  • the zoom lens manufacturing method includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a first lens group having negative refractive power, a second lens group having positive refractive power, and negative refraction.
  • the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group changes, the distance between the second lens group and the third lens group changes, and the third lens group and the third lens group
  • the distance between the fourth lens group is changed, and the distance between the fourth lens group and the fifth lens group is changed.
  • the fifth lens group may have a positive refractive power.
  • f5 focal length of the fifth lens group
  • f1 focal length of the first lens group
  • a zoom lens lens having a bright F number and high optical performance can be manufactured.
  • FIGS. 1A, 1B, and 1C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to the first example in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
  • An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 1A indicates the moving direction of each lens group upon zooming from the wide-angle end state to the intermediate focal length state.
  • An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 1B indicates the moving direction of each lens group during zooming from the intermediate focal length state to the telephoto end state.
  • the zoom lens according to the present embodiment includes a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a second lens having a positive refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis.
  • the lens group G2 includes a third lens group G3 having a negative refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
  • the first lens group G1 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L12 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave lens L13, and a biconvex lens. L14.
  • the negative meniscus lens L11 is an aspherical lens in which the object-side lens surface and the image-side lens surface are aspherical.
  • the second lens group G2 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a second F lens group G2F having a positive refractive power and a second R lens group G2R having a positive refractive power.
  • the second F lens group G2F includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L21 and a negative meniscus lens L22 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L23 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of
  • the biconvex lens L21 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
  • the second R lens group G2R includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L24 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconvex lens L25, and a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side. Has been.
  • the third lens group G3 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, an aperture stop S, a cemented lens of a biconcave lens L31 and a positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a flare-cut stop FS.
  • the positive meniscus lens L32 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric surface on the image side.
  • the fourth lens group G4 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L41 and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a cemented lens with a positive meniscus lens L44 having a convex surface facing the object side.
  • the negative meniscus lens L42 is an aspheric lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
  • the fifth lens group G5 includes a positive meniscus lens L51 having a concave surface directed toward the object side.
  • the positive meniscus lens L51 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side and a lens surface on the image side.
  • an image sensor (not shown) composed of a CCD, a CMOS, or the like is disposed on the image plane I.
  • the zoom lens according to the present embodiment reduces the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
  • the distance between the lens group G2 and the third lens group G3 increases, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 decreases, and the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 increases.
  • the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the third lens group G4, and the fourth lens group G4 move along the optical axis with respect to the image plane I.
  • the first lens group G1 once moves to the image plane I side and then moves to the object side
  • the second lens group G2 moves to the object side
  • the third lens group G3 moves to the object side
  • the fourth lens group G4 moves to the object side
  • the fifth lens group G5 is fixed with respect to the image plane I.
  • the aperture stop S is disposed between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3, and moves together with the third lens group G3 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
  • focusing from an infinitely distant object to a close object is performed by moving the second F lens group G2F to the image plane I side.
  • the zoom lens according to the present example uses a cemented lens of the biconcave lens L31 of the third lens group G3 and the positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface toward the object side as a vibration-proof lens group, and a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis.
  • Image plane correction when image blur occurs, that is, image stabilization is performed.
  • the focal length of the entire zoom lens system according to the present embodiment is f and the ratio of the moving amount of the image on the image plane I to the moving amount of the image stabilizing lens group at the time of blurring correction is K (hereinafter referred to as “K”)
  • K This ratio is referred to as an anti-vibration coefficient K.
  • the anti-vibration lens group may be shifted in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis by (f ⁇ tan ⁇ ) / K. .
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.54 and the focal length is 16.48 (mm) (see Table 1 below).
  • the amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group for correcting the rotation blur is 0.43 (mm). Further, in the intermediate focal length state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.68, and the focal length is 25.21 (mm) (see Table 1 below). The amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.42 (mm). In the telephoto end state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.85, and the focal length is 33.95 (mm) (see Table 1 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.57 ° is corrected. The moving amount of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.39 (mm).
  • f is the focal length of the entire zoom lens system
  • FNO is the F number
  • is the half field angle (unit: degree)
  • Y is the image height
  • TL is the total length of the optical system
  • BF is Each shows the back focus.
  • the total length TL of the optical system is a distance on the optical axis from the most object side lens surface in the first lens group G1 to the image plane I.
  • the back focus BF is a distance on the optical axis from the most image side lens surface to the image surface I in the fifth lens group G5.
  • W indicates the wide-angle end state
  • M indicates the intermediate focal length state
  • T indicates the respective focal length states in the telephoto end state.
  • the surface number is the order of the lens surfaces counted from the object side
  • r is the radius of curvature of the lens surfaces
  • d is the distance between the lens surfaces
  • the object plane indicates the object plane
  • (stop) indicates the aperture stop S
  • (FS) indicates the flare cut stop FS
  • the image plane indicates the image plane I.
  • the description of the refractive index of air d 1.00000 is omitted.
  • [Lens Group Data] indicates the starting surface number and focal length of each lens group.
  • [Aspherical data] shows an aspherical coefficient and a conic constant when the shape of the aspherical surface shown in [Surface data] is expressed by the following equation.
  • x (h 2 / r) / [1+ ⁇ 1- ⁇ (h / r) 2 ⁇ 1/2 ] + A4h 4 + A6h 6 + A8h 8 + A10h 10
  • h is the height in the direction perpendicular to the optical axis
  • x is the distance (sag amount) from the tangent plane of the apex of the aspheric surface to the aspheric surface at the height h
  • is the conic constant.
  • A4, A6, A8, A10 are aspherical coefficients, and r is the radius of curvature (paraxial curvature radius) of the reference sphere. Further, “E ⁇ n” indicates “ ⁇ 10 ⁇ n ”, for example, “1.234E-05” indicates “1.234 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 ”.
  • the secondary aspherical coefficient A2 is 0 and is not shown.
  • f indicates the focal length of the entire zoom lens system
  • indicates the photographing magnification
  • dn (n is an integer) indicates the variable surface interval between the nth surface and the (n + 1) surface.
  • D0 indicates the distance from the object to the lens surface closest to the object.
  • W is the wide-angle end state
  • M is the intermediate focal length state
  • T is the telephoto end state
  • infinity is when focusing on an object at infinity
  • short distance indicates when focusing on a near object.
  • [Conditional Expression Corresponding Value] indicates the corresponding value of each conditional expression.
  • “mm” is generally used as the unit of the focal length f, the radius of curvature r, and other lengths described in Table 1.
  • the optical system is not limited to this because an equivalent optical performance can be obtained even when proportionally enlarged or proportionally reduced.
  • FIG. 2 (a), 2 (b), and 2 (c), respectively, are focused on an object at infinity in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the first example.
  • FIG. 3 (a), 3 (b), and 3 (c) are respectively when a short-distance object is focused in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the first example.
  • FIG. 4 (a), 4 (b), and 4 (c) respectively show meridional laterals during vibration isolation in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the first example. It is an aberration diagram.
  • FNO is an F number
  • A is a light incident angle, that is, a half angle of view (unit is “°”)
  • NA is a numerical aperture
  • H0 is an object height (unit: mm).
  • An aberration curve is shown.
  • the spherical aberration diagram shows the F-number value corresponding to the maximum aperture
  • the astigmatism diagram and the distortion diagram show the maximum half field angle or object height
  • the lateral aberration diagram shows each half field angle or each object height. The value of is shown.
  • the solid line indicates the sagittal image plane
  • the broken line indicates the meridional image plane.
  • the lateral aberration diagram shows meridional lateral aberration with respect to the d-line and the g-line.
  • the same reference numerals as those of the present example are used.
  • the zoom lens according to the first example has various aberrations well corrected from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, and has high optical performance even during image stabilization. I understand.
  • FIGS. 5A, 5B, and 5C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 2 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
  • An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 5A indicates the moving direction of each lens group upon zooming from the wide-angle end state to the intermediate focal length state.
  • the arrow below each lens group in FIG. 5B indicates the moving direction of each lens group during zooming from the intermediate focal length state to the telephoto end state.
  • the zoom lens according to the present embodiment includes a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a second lens having a positive refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis.
  • the lens group G2 includes a third lens group G3 having a negative refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
  • the first lens group G1 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L12 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave lens L13, and a biconvex lens. L14.
  • the negative meniscus lens L11 is an aspherical lens in which the object-side lens surface and the image-side lens surface are aspherical.
  • the second lens group G2 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a second F lens group G2F having a positive refractive power and a second R lens group G2R having a positive refractive power.
  • the second F lens group G2F includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L21 and a negative meniscus lens L22 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L23 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of
  • the biconvex lens L21 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
  • the second R lens group G2R includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L24 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconvex lens L25, and a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side. Has been.
  • the third lens group G3 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, an aperture stop S, a cemented lens of a biconcave lens L31 and a positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a flare-cut stop FS.
  • the positive meniscus lens L32 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric surface on the image side.
  • the fourth lens group G4 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L41 and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a cemented lens with a positive meniscus lens L44 having a convex surface facing the object side.
  • the negative meniscus lens L42 is an aspheric lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
  • the fifth lens group G5 includes a positive meniscus lens L51 having a concave surface directed toward the object side.
  • the positive meniscus lens L51 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side and a lens surface on the image side.
  • an image sensor (not shown) composed of a CCD, a CMOS, or the like is disposed on the image plane I.
  • the zoom lens according to the present embodiment reduces the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
  • the distance between the lens group G2 and the third lens group G3 increases, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 decreases, and the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 increases.
  • the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the third lens group G4, and the fourth lens group G4 move along the optical axis with respect to the image plane I.
  • the first lens group G1 once moves to the image plane I side and then moves to the object side, and the second lens group G2 and the fourth lens group G4 move together to the object side.
  • the third lens group G3 moves toward the object side, and the fifth lens group G5 is fixed with respect to the image plane I.
  • the aperture stop S is disposed between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3, and moves together with the third lens group G3 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
  • focusing from an infinitely distant object to a close object is performed by moving the second F lens group G2F to the image plane I side.
  • the zoom lens according to the present example uses a cemented lens of the biconcave lens L31 of the third lens group G3 and the positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface toward the object side as a vibration-proof lens group, and a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis.
  • Image plane correction when image blur occurs, that is, image stabilization is performed.
  • the angle In order to correct the rotational blur of ⁇ the anti-vibration lens group may be shifted in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis by (f ⁇ tan ⁇ ) / K.
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.56
  • the focal length is 16.48 (mm) (see Table 2 below).
  • the amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group for correcting the rotational blur is 0.42 (mm).
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.70 and the focal length is 25.21 (mm) (see Table 2 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.66 ° is corrected.
  • the amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.41 (mm).
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.87, and the focal length is 33.95 (mm) (see Table 2 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.57 ° is corrected.
  • the moving amount of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.38 (mm).
  • Table 2 below lists specifications of the zoom lens according to the second example.
  • FIGS. 6 (a), 6 (b), and 6 (c) are respectively when the object at infinity is in focus in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the second example.
  • FIG. FIGS. 7 (a), 7 (b), and 7 (c) respectively show the zoom lens according to the second embodiment when focusing on a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state.
  • FIG. 8 (a), 8 (b), and 8 (c) respectively show the meridional lateral at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the second example. It is an aberration diagram.
  • the zoom lens according to the second example has various aberrations well corrected from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, and has high optical performance even during image stabilization. I understand.
  • FIGS. 9A, 9B, and 9C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to the third example in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
  • An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 9A indicates the moving direction of each lens group during zooming from the wide-angle end state to the intermediate focal length state.
  • An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 9B indicates the moving direction of each lens group during zooming from the intermediate focal length state to the telephoto end state.
  • the zoom lens according to the present embodiment includes a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a second lens having a positive refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis.
  • the lens group G2 includes a third lens group G3 having a negative refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
  • the first lens group G1 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L12 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave lens L13, and a biconvex lens. L14.
  • the negative meniscus lens L11 is an aspherical lens in which the object-side lens surface and the image-side lens surface are aspherical.
  • the second lens group G2 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a second F lens group G2F having a positive refractive power and a second R lens group G2R having a positive refractive power.
  • the second F lens group G2F includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L21 and a negative meniscus lens L22 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L23 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of
  • the biconvex lens L21 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
  • the second R lens group G2R includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L24 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconvex lens L25, and a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side. Has been.
  • the third lens group G3 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, an aperture stop S, a cemented lens of a biconcave lens L31 and a positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a flare-cut stop FS.
  • the positive meniscus lens L32 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric surface on the image side.
  • the fourth lens group G4 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L41 and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a cemented lens with a positive meniscus lens L44 having a convex surface facing the object side.
  • the negative meniscus lens L42 is an aspheric lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
  • the fifth lens group G5 includes a positive meniscus lens L51 having a concave surface directed toward the object side.
  • the positive meniscus lens L51 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side and a lens surface on the image side.
  • an image sensor (not shown) composed of a CCD, a CMOS, or the like is disposed on the image plane I.
  • the zoom lens according to the present embodiment reduces the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
  • the distance between the lens group G2 and the third lens group G3 increases, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 decreases, and the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 increases.
  • the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the third lens group G4, the fourth lens group G4, and the fifth lens group G5 move along the optical axis with respect to the image plane I.
  • the first lens group G1 once moves to the image plane I side and then moves to the object side, and the second lens group G2 and the fourth lens group G4 move together to the object side. Then, the third lens group G3 moves to the object side, and the fifth lens group G5 once moves to the object side and then moves to the image plane I side.
  • the aperture stop S is disposed between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3, and moves together with the third lens group G3 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
  • focusing from an infinitely distant object to a close object is performed by moving the second F lens group G2F to the image plane I side.
  • the zoom lens according to the present example uses a cemented lens of the biconcave lens L31 of the third lens group G3 and the positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface toward the object side as a vibration-proof lens group, and a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis.
  • Image plane correction when image blur occurs, that is, image stabilization is performed.
  • the angle In order to correct the rotational blur of ⁇ the anti-vibration lens group may be shifted in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis by (f ⁇ tan ⁇ ) / K.
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.56 and the focal length is 16.48 (mm) (see Table 3 below).
  • the amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group for correcting the rotational blur is 0.42 (mm).
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.70 and the focal length is 25.21 (mm) (see Table 3 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.66 ° is corrected.
  • the amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.41 (mm).
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.87, and the focal length is 33.95 (mm) (see Table 3 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.57 ° is corrected.
  • the moving amount of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.39 (mm).
  • Table 3 below lists specifications of the zoom lens according to the third example.
  • FIG. 10 (a), 10 (b), and 10 (c), respectively, are shown when an object at infinity is in focus in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the third example.
  • FIG. 11 (a), 11 (b), and 11 (c), respectively, are those when focusing on a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the third example.
  • FIG. 12 (a), 12 (b), and 12 (c) respectively show meridional laterals during image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 3. It is an aberration diagram.
  • the zoom lens according to the third example has various aberrations well corrected from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, and has high optical performance even during image stabilization. I understand.
  • FIGS. 13A, 13B, and 13C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to the fourth example in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
  • An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 13A indicates the moving direction of each lens group during zooming from the wide-angle end state to the intermediate focal length state.
  • the arrow below each lens group in FIG. 13B indicates the moving direction of each lens group during zooming from the intermediate focal length state to the telephoto end state.
  • the zoom lens according to the present embodiment includes a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a second lens having a positive refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis.
  • the lens group G2 includes a third lens group G3 having a negative refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
  • the first lens group G1 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L12 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave lens L13, and a biconvex lens. L14.
  • the negative meniscus lens L11 is an aspherical lens in which the object-side lens surface and the image-side lens surface are aspherical.
  • the second lens group G2 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a second F lens group G2F having a positive refractive power and a second R lens group G2R having a positive refractive power.
  • the second F lens group G2F includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L21 and a negative meniscus lens L22 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L23 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of
  • the biconvex lens L21 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
  • the second R lens group G2R includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L24 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconvex lens L25, and a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side. Has been.
  • the third lens group G3 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, an aperture stop S, a cemented lens of a biconcave lens L31 and a positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a flare-cut stop FS.
  • the positive meniscus lens L32 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric surface on the image side.
  • the fourth lens group G4 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L41 and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a cemented lens with a positive meniscus lens L44 having a convex surface facing the object side.
  • the negative meniscus lens L42 is an aspheric lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
  • the fifth lens group G5 includes a positive meniscus lens L51 having a concave surface directed toward the object side.
  • the positive meniscus lens L51 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side and a lens surface on the image side.
  • an image sensor (not shown) composed of a CCD, a CMOS, or the like is disposed on the image plane I.
  • the zoom lens according to the present embodiment reduces the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
  • the distance between the lens group G2 and the third lens group G3 increases, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 decreases, and the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 increases.
  • the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the third lens group G4, and the fourth lens group G4 move along the optical axis with respect to the image plane I.
  • the first lens group G1 once moves to the image plane I side and then moves to the object side, and the second lens group G2 and the fourth lens group G4 move together to the object side.
  • the third lens group G3 moves toward the object side, and the fifth lens group G5 is fixed with respect to the image plane I.
  • the aperture stop S is disposed between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3, and moves together with the third lens group G3 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
  • focusing from an infinitely distant object to a close object is performed by moving the second F lens group G2F to the image plane I side.
  • the zoom lens according to the present example uses a cemented lens of the biconcave lens L31 of the third lens group G3 and the positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface toward the object side as a vibration-proof lens group, and a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis.
  • Image plane correction when image blur occurs, that is, image stabilization is performed.
  • the angle In order to correct the rotational blur of ⁇ the anti-vibration lens group may be shifted in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis by (f ⁇ tan ⁇ ) / K.
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.81
  • the focal length is 18.54 (mm) (see Table 4 below).
  • the amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group for correcting the rotational blur is 0.30 (mm).
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.00 and the focal length is 25.21 (mm) (see Table 4 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.66 ° is corrected.
  • the amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.29 (mm).
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.26, and the focal length is 33.95 (mm) (see Table 4 below), so that a rotational blur of 0.57 ° is corrected.
  • the moving amount of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.27 (mm).
  • Table 4 below lists specifications of the zoom lens according to the fourth example.
  • FIGS. 14 (a), 14 (b), and 14 (c) respectively show a zoom lens according to the fourth example when focusing on an object at infinity in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state.
  • FIG. 15 (a), 15 (b), and 15 (c), respectively are those when focusing on a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 4.
  • FIG. 16 (a), 16 (b), and 16 (c) respectively show the meridional horizontal at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the fourth example. It is an aberration diagram.
  • the zoom lens according to the fourth example has various aberrations well corrected from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, and has high optical performance even during image stabilization. I understand.
  • FIGS. 17A, 17B, and 17C are sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 5 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
  • An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 17A indicates the moving direction of each lens group upon zooming from the wide-angle end state to the intermediate focal length state.
  • An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 17B indicates the moving direction of each lens group during zooming from the intermediate focal length state to the telephoto end state.
  • the zoom lens according to the present embodiment includes a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a second lens having a positive refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis.
  • the lens group G2 includes a third lens group G3 having a negative refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
  • the first lens group G1 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L12 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave lens L13, and a biconvex lens. L14.
  • the negative meniscus lens L11 is an aspherical lens in which the object-side lens surface and the image-side lens surface are aspherical.
  • the second lens group G2 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a second F lens group G2F having a positive refractive power and a second R lens group G2R having a positive refractive power.
  • the second F lens group G2F includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L21 and a negative meniscus lens L22 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L23 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of
  • the biconvex lens L21 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
  • the second R lens group G2R includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L24 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconvex lens L25, and a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side. Has been.
  • the third lens group G3 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, an aperture stop S, a cemented lens of a biconcave lens L31 and a positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a flare-cut stop FS.
  • the positive meniscus lens L32 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric surface on the image side.
  • the fourth lens group G4 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L41 and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a cemented lens with a positive meniscus lens L44 having a convex surface facing the object side.
  • the negative meniscus lens L42 is an aspheric lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
  • the fifth lens group G5 includes a positive meniscus lens L51 having a concave surface directed toward the object side.
  • the positive meniscus lens L51 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side and a lens surface on the image side.
  • an image sensor (not shown) composed of a CCD, a CMOS, or the like is disposed on the image plane I.
  • the zoom lens according to the present embodiment reduces the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
  • the distance between the lens group G2 and the third lens group G3 increases, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 decreases, and the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 increases.
  • the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the third lens group G4, and the fourth lens group G4 move along the optical axis with respect to the image plane I.
  • the first lens group G1 once moves to the image plane I side and then moves to the object side, and the second lens group G2 and the fourth lens group G4 move together to the object side.
  • the third lens group G3 moves toward the object side, and the fifth lens group G5 is fixed with respect to the image plane I.
  • the aperture stop S is disposed between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3, and moves together with the third lens group G3 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
  • focusing from an infinitely distant object to a close object is performed by moving the second F lens group G2F to the image plane I side.
  • the zoom lens according to the present example uses a cemented lens of the biconcave lens L31 of the third lens group G3 and the positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface toward the object side as a vibration-proof lens group, and a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis.
  • Image plane correction when image blur occurs, that is, image stabilization is performed.
  • the angle In order to correct the rotational blur of ⁇ the anti-vibration lens group may be shifted in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis by (f ⁇ tan ⁇ ) / K.
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.47 and the focal length is 15.45 (mm) (see Table 5 below).
  • the amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group for correcting the rotation blur is 0.48 (mm).
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.61, and the focal length is 25.21 (mm) (see Table 5 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.66 ° is corrected.
  • the amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.48 (mm).
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.76, and the focal length is 33.95 (mm) (see Table 5 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.57 ° is corrected.
  • the moving amount of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.44 (mm).
  • Table 5 below lists specifications of the zoom lens according to the fifth example.
  • FIG. 18 (a), 18 (b), and 18 (c), respectively, are shown when an object at infinity is in focus in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 5.
  • FIG. 19 (a), 19 (b), and 19 (c) are respectively when a short-distance object is focused in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 5.
  • FIG. 20 (a), 20 (b), and 20 (c) respectively show the meridional lateral at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 5. It is an aberration diagram.
  • the zoom lens according to Example 5 has various aberrations corrected well from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, and has high optical performance even during image stabilization. I understand.
  • FIGS. 21A, 21B, and 21C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 6 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
  • An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 21A indicates the moving direction of each lens group upon zooming from the wide-angle end state to the intermediate focal length state.
  • An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 21B indicates the moving direction of each lens group upon zooming from the intermediate focal length state to the telephoto end state.
  • the zoom lens according to the present example includes a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a second lens having a positive refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis.
  • the lens group G2 includes a third lens group G3 having a negative refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
  • the first lens group G1 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L12 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave lens L13, and a biconvex lens. L14.
  • the negative meniscus lens L11 is an aspherical lens in which the object-side lens surface and the image-side lens surface are aspherical.
  • the negative meniscus lens L12 is an aspherical lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
  • the second lens group G2 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a second F lens group G2F having a positive refractive power and a second R lens group G2R having a positive refractive power.
  • the second F lens group G2F includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L21 and a negative meniscus lens L22 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a biconcave lens L23.
  • the biconvex lens L21 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
  • the second R lens group G2R includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L24 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconvex lens L25, and a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side.
  • the negative meniscus lens L24 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
  • the third lens group G3 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, an aperture stop S, a cemented lens of a biconcave lens L31 and a positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a flare-cut stop FS. Has been.
  • the fourth lens group G4 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L41 and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a cemented lens with a positive meniscus lens L44 having a convex surface facing the object side.
  • the negative meniscus lens L42 is an aspheric lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
  • the fifth lens group G5 includes a positive meniscus lens L51 having a concave surface directed toward the object side.
  • the positive meniscus lens L51 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side and a lens surface on the image side.
  • an image sensor (not shown) composed of a CCD, a CMOS, or the like is disposed on the image plane I.
  • the zoom lens according to the present embodiment reduces the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
  • the distance between the lens group G2 and the third lens group G3 increases, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 decreases, and the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 increases.
  • the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the third lens group G4, and the fourth lens group G4 move along the optical axis with respect to the image plane I.
  • the first lens group G1 once moves to the image plane I side and then moves to the object side, and the second lens group G2 and the fourth lens group G4 move together to the object side.
  • the third lens group G3 moves toward the object side, and the fifth lens group G5 is fixed with respect to the image plane I.
  • the aperture stop S is disposed between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3, and moves together with the third lens group G3 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
  • focusing from an infinitely distant object to a close object is performed by moving the second F lens group G2F to the image plane I side.
  • the second R lens group G2R is moved as a vibration-proof lens group in a direction including a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis, thereby correcting image plane when an image blur occurs, that is, vibration-proof. It is carried out.
  • the angle In order to correct the rotational blur of ⁇ the anti-vibration lens group may be shifted in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis by (f ⁇ tan ⁇ ) / K.
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.07 and the focal length is 16.48 (mm) (see Table 6 below).
  • the amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group for correcting the rotation blur is 0.22 (mm).
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.37, and the focal length is 25.21 (mm) (see Table 6 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.66 ° is corrected.
  • the amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.21 (mm).
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.67 and the focal length is 33.95 (mm) (see Table 6 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.57 ° is corrected.
  • the moving amount of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.20 (mm).
  • Table 6 below lists specifications of the zoom lens according to the sixth example.
  • FIG. 22 (a), 22 (b), and 22 (c) respectively show the infinite object focusing in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 6.
  • FIG. 23 (a), 23 (b), and 23 (c) are respectively when a short-distance object is focused in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 6.
  • FIG. 24 (a), 24 (b), and 24 (c) respectively show the meridional horizontal at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 6. It is an aberration diagram.
  • the zoom lens according to Example 6 has various aberrations well corrected from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, and has high optical performance even during image stabilization. I understand.
  • FIGS. 25A, 25B, and 25C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to the seventh example in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
  • An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 25A indicates the moving direction of each lens group upon zooming from the wide-angle end state to the intermediate focal length state.
  • An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 25B indicates the moving direction of each lens group at the time of zooming from the intermediate focal length state to the telephoto end state.
  • the zoom lens according to the present embodiment includes a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a second lens having a positive refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis.
  • the lens group G2 includes a third lens group G3 having a negative refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
  • the first lens group G1 has, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L12 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a concave surface facing the object side. It is composed of a negative meniscus lens L13 and a biconvex lens L14.
  • the negative meniscus lens L11 is an aspherical lens in which the object-side lens surface and the image-side lens surface are aspherical.
  • the second lens group G2 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a second F lens group G2F having a positive refractive power and a second R lens group G2R having a positive refractive power.
  • the second F lens group G2F includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L21 and a negative meniscus lens L22 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L23 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of
  • the biconvex lens L21 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
  • the second R lens group G2R includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L24 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconvex lens L25, and a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side. Has been.
  • the third lens group G3 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, an aperture stop S, a cemented lens of a biconcave lens L31 and a positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a flare-cut stop FS.
  • the positive meniscus lens L32 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric surface on the image side.
  • the fourth lens group G4 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L41 and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a cemented lens with a positive meniscus lens L44 having a convex surface facing the object side.
  • the negative meniscus lens L42 is an aspheric lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
  • the fifth lens group G5 includes a positive meniscus lens L51 having a concave surface directed toward the object side.
  • the positive meniscus lens L51 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side and a lens surface on the image side.
  • an image sensor (not shown) composed of a CCD, a CMOS, or the like is disposed on the image plane I.
  • the zoom lens according to the present embodiment reduces the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
  • the distance between the lens group G2 and the third lens group G3 increases, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 decreases, and the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 increases.
  • the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the third lens group G4, and the fourth lens group G4 move along the optical axis with respect to the image plane I.
  • the first lens group G1 once moves to the image plane I side and then moves to the object side, and the second lens group G2 and the fourth lens group G4 move together to the object side.
  • the third lens group G3 moves toward the object side, and the fifth lens group G5 is fixed with respect to the image plane I.
  • the aperture stop S is disposed between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3, and moves together with the third lens group G3 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
  • focusing from an infinitely distant object to a close object is performed by moving the second F lens group G2F to the image plane I side.
  • the zoom lens according to the present example uses a cemented lens of the biconcave lens L31 of the third lens group G3 and the positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface toward the object side as a vibration-proof lens group, and a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis.
  • Image plane correction when image blur occurs, that is, image stabilization is performed.
  • the angle In order to correct the rotational blur of ⁇ the anti-vibration lens group may be shifted in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis by (f ⁇ tan ⁇ ) / K.
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.56 and the focal length is 16.48 (mm) (see Table 7 below).
  • the amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group for correcting the rotational blur is 0.42 (mm).
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.70, and the focal length is 25.21 (mm) (see Table 7 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.66 ° is corrected.
  • the amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.41 (mm).
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.87, and the focal length is 33.95 (mm) (see Table 7 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.57 ° is corrected.
  • the moving amount of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.39 (mm).
  • Table 7 below lists specifications of the zoom lens according to the seventh example.
  • FIGS. 26 (a), 26 (b), and 26 (c) are respectively when the object at infinity is in focus in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the seventh example.
  • FIG. FIGS. 27 (a), 27 (b), and 27 (c) are respectively for focusing a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the seventh example.
  • FIG. 28 (a), 28 (b), and 28 (c) are respectively the meridional laterals at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 7. It is an aberration diagram.
  • the zoom lens according to the seventh example has various aberrations well corrected from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, and has high optical performance even during image stabilization. I understand.
  • FIGS. 29A, 29B, and 29C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 8 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
  • An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 29A indicates the moving direction of each lens group upon zooming from the wide-angle end state to the intermediate focal length state.
  • An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 29B indicates the moving direction of each lens group upon zooming from the intermediate focal length state to the telephoto end state.
  • the zoom lens according to the present embodiment includes a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a second lens having a positive refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis.
  • the lens group G2 includes a third lens group G3 having a negative refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
  • the first lens group G1 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L12 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave lens L13, and a biconvex lens. L14.
  • the negative meniscus lens L11 is an aspherical lens in which the object-side lens surface and the image-side lens surface are aspherical.
  • the negative meniscus lens L12 is an aspherical lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
  • the second lens group G2 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a second F lens group G2F having a positive refractive power and a second R lens group G2R having a positive refractive power.
  • the second F lens group G2F includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L21 and a negative meniscus lens L22 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a biconcave lens L23.
  • the biconvex lens L21 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
  • the second R lens group G2R includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L24 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconvex lens L25, and a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side.
  • the negative meniscus lens L24 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
  • the third lens group G3 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, an aperture stop S, a cemented lens of a biconcave lens L31 and a positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a flare-cut stop FS. Has been.
  • the fourth lens group G4 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L41 and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a cemented lens with a positive meniscus lens L44 having a convex surface facing the object side.
  • the negative meniscus lens L42 is an aspheric lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
  • the fifth lens group G5 includes a positive meniscus lens L51 having a concave surface directed toward the object side.
  • the positive meniscus lens L51 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side and a lens surface on the image side.
  • an image sensor (not shown) composed of a CCD, a CMOS, or the like is disposed on the image plane I.
  • the zoom lens according to the present embodiment reduces the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
  • the distance between the lens group G2 and the third lens group G3 increases, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 decreases, and the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 increases.
  • the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the third lens group G4, and the fourth lens group G4 move along the optical axis with respect to the image plane I.
  • the first lens group G1 once moves to the image plane I side and then moves to the object side, and the second lens group G2 and the fourth lens group G4 move together to the object side.
  • the third lens group G3 moves toward the object side, and the fifth lens group G5 is fixed with respect to the image plane I.
  • the aperture stop S is disposed between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3, and moves together with the third lens group G3 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
  • focusing from an infinitely distant object to a close object is performed by moving the second F lens group G2F to the image plane I side.
  • the cemented lens of the biconvex lens L41 in the fourth lens group G4 and the negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side is used as an anti-vibration lens group in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis.
  • Image plane correction when image blur occurs, that is, image stabilization, is performed by moving in the direction including the component.
  • the angle In order to correct the rotational blur of ⁇ the anti-vibration lens group may be shifted in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis by (f ⁇ tan ⁇ ) / K.
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.84
  • the focal length is 16.48 (mm) (see Table 8 below).
  • the amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group for correcting the rotation blur is 0.28 (mm).
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.12 and the focal length is 25.21 (mm) (see Table 8 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.66 ° is corrected.
  • the amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.26 (mm).
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.39, and the focal length is 33.94 (mm) (see Table 8 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.57 ° is corrected.
  • the moving amount of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.24 (mm).
  • Table 8 below lists specifications of the zoom lens according to the eighth example.
  • FIGS. 30 (a), 30 (b), and 30 (c) are focused on an object at infinity in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 8.
  • FIG. FIGS. 31 (a), 31 (b), and 31 (c) are respectively when focusing on a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 8.
  • FIGS. FIG. 32 (a), 32 (b), and 32 (c) are respectively the meridional laterals at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 8. It is an aberration diagram.
  • the zoom lens according to Example 8 has various aberrations corrected well from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, and has high optical performance even during image stabilization. I understand.
  • FIG. 33A, 33B, and 33C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 9 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
  • An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 33A indicates the moving direction of each lens group during zooming from the wide-angle end state to the intermediate focal length state.
  • An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 33B indicates the moving direction of each lens group during zooming from the intermediate focal length state to the telephoto end state.
  • the zoom lens according to the present example includes a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a second lens having a positive refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis. Consists of a lens group G2, an aperture stop S, a third lens group G3 having negative refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group G5 having positive refractive power. Has been.
  • the first lens group G1 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L12 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave lens L13, and a biconvex lens. L14.
  • the negative meniscus lens L11 is an aspherical lens in which the object-side lens surface and the image-side lens surface are aspherical.
  • the negative meniscus lens L12 is an aspherical lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
  • the second lens group G2 has, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L21 and a negative meniscus lens L22 having a concave surface on the object side, a biconcave lens L23, and a convex surface on the object side. It is composed of a negative meniscus lens L24, a biconvex lens L25, and a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side.
  • the biconvex lens L21 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
  • the negative meniscus lens L24 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
  • the third lens group G3 is composed of a cemented lens of a biconcave lens L31 and a positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface directed toward the object side.
  • the fourth lens group G4 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L41 and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a cemented lens with a positive meniscus lens L44 having a convex surface facing the object side.
  • the negative meniscus lens L42 is an aspheric lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
  • the fifth lens group G5 includes a positive meniscus lens L51 having a concave surface directed toward the object side.
  • the positive meniscus lens L51 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side and a lens surface on the image side.
  • an image sensor (not shown) composed of a CCD, a CMOS, or the like is disposed on the image plane I.
  • the zoom lens according to the present embodiment reduces the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
  • the distance between the lens group G2 and the third lens group G3 increases, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 decreases, and the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 increases.
  • the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the third lens group G4, the fourth lens group G4, and the fifth lens group move along the optical axis with respect to the image plane I.
  • the first lens group G1 once moves to the image plane I side and then moves to the object side, and the second lens group G2 and the fourth lens group G4 move together to the object side. Then, the third lens group G3 moves toward the object side, and the fifth lens group G5 moves toward the image plane I side.
  • the aperture stop S is disposed between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3, and moves together with the third lens group G3 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
  • focusing from an object at infinity to a near object is performed by moving the third lens group G3 to the image plane I side.
  • a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L24 having a convex surface facing the object side in the second lens group G2, a biconvex lens L25, and a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side is used.
  • Image plane correction when image blur occurs, that is, image stabilization, is performed by moving the image stabilization lens group in a direction including a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis.
  • the angle In order to correct the rotational blur of ⁇ the anti-vibration lens group may be shifted in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis by (f ⁇ tan ⁇ ) / K.
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.06 and the focal length is 16.48 (mm) (see Table 9 below).
  • the amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group for correcting the rotation blur is 0.22 (mm).
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.32 and the focal length is 25.21 (mm) (see Table 9 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.66 ° is corrected.
  • the amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.22 (mm).
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.64, and the focal length is 33.95 (mm) (see Table 9 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.57 ° is corrected.
  • the moving amount of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.20 (mm).
  • FIGS. 34 (a), 34 (b), and 34 (c) are focused on an object at infinity in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 9, respectively.
  • FIG. FIGS. 35 (a), 35 (b), and 35 (c) are respectively for focusing a short distance object in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 9.
  • FIG. 36 (a), 36 (b), and 36 (c) respectively show the meridional horizontal at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 9. It is an aberration diagram.
  • the zoom lens according to Example 9 has various aberrations well corrected from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, and has high optical performance even during image stabilization. I understand.
  • FIGS. 37A, 37B, and 37C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 10 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
  • An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 37A indicates the moving direction of each lens group upon zooming from the wide-angle end state to the intermediate focal length state.
  • An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 37B indicates the moving direction of each lens group during zooming from the intermediate focal length state to the telephoto end state.
  • the zoom lens according to the present embodiment includes a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a second lens having a positive refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis.
  • the lens group G2 includes a third lens group G3 having a negative refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
  • the first lens group G1 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L12 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave lens L13, and a biconvex lens. L14.
  • the negative meniscus lens L11 is an aspherical lens in which the object-side lens surface and the image-side lens surface are aspherical.
  • the negative meniscus lens L12 is an aspherical lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
  • the second lens group G2 has, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L21 and a negative meniscus lens L22 having a concave surface on the object side, a biconcave lens L23, and a convex surface on the object side. It is composed of a negative meniscus lens L24, a biconvex lens L25, and a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side.
  • the biconvex lens L21 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
  • the negative meniscus lens L24 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
  • the third lens group G3 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, an aperture stop S, and a cemented lens of a biconcave lens L31 and a positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface facing the object side.
  • the fourth lens group G4 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a fourth F lens group G4F having a positive refractive power and a fourth R lens group G4R having a negative refractive power.
  • the fourth F lens group G4F includes a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L41 and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface directed toward the object side.
  • the negative meniscus lens L42 is an aspheric lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
  • the fourth R lens group G4R includes a cemented lens including a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface directed toward the object side and a positive meniscus lens L44 having a convex surface directed toward the object side.
  • the fifth lens group G5 includes a positive meniscus lens L51 having a concave surface directed toward the object side.
  • the positive meniscus lens L51 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side and a lens surface on the image side.
  • an image sensor (not shown) composed of a CCD, a CMOS, or the like is disposed on the image plane I.
  • the zoom lens according to the present embodiment reduces the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
  • the distance between the lens group G2 and the third lens group G3 increases, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 decreases, and the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 increases.
  • the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the third lens group G4, the fourth lens group G4, and the fifth lens group move along the optical axis with respect to the image plane I.
  • the first lens group G1 once moves to the image plane I side and then moves to the object side, and the second lens group G2 and the fourth lens group G4 move together to the object side. Then, the third lens group G3 moves to the object side, and the fifth lens group G5 once moves to the object side and then moves to the image plane I side.
  • the aperture stop S is disposed between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3, and moves together with the third lens group G3 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
  • focusing from an object at infinity to a near object is performed by moving the fourth F lens group G4F to the object side.
  • a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L24 having a convex surface facing the object side in the second lens group G2, a biconvex lens L25, and a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side is used.
  • Image plane correction when image blur occurs, that is, image stabilization, is performed by moving the image stabilization lens group in a direction including a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis.
  • the angle In order to correct the rotational blur of ⁇ the anti-vibration lens group may be shifted in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis by (f ⁇ tan ⁇ ) / K.
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.01
  • the focal length is 16.48 (mm) (see Table 10 below).
  • the amount of movement of the vibration-proof lens group for correcting the rotation blur is 0.23 (mm).
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.28 and the focal length is 25.22 (mm) (see Table 10 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.66 ° is corrected.
  • the amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.23 (mm).
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.58, and the focal length is 33.95 (mm) (see Table 10 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.57 ° is corrected.
  • the moving amount of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.21 (mm).
  • Table 10 below lists specifications of the zoom lens according to the tenth example.
  • FIGS. 38 (a), 38 (b), and 38 (c) are focused on an object at infinity in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 10, respectively.
  • FIG. FIGS. 39 (a), 39 (b), and 39 (c) are focused on a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 10, respectively.
  • FIG. 40 (a), 40 (b), and 40 (c) are respectively the meridional laterals at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 10. It is an aberration diagram.
  • the zoom lens according to the tenth example has various aberrations well corrected from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, and has high optical performance even during image stabilization. I understand.
  • FIG. 41A, 41B, and 41C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 11 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
  • An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 41A indicates the moving direction of each lens group at the time of zooming from the wide-angle end state to the intermediate focal length state.
  • An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 41B indicates the moving direction of each lens group during zooming from the intermediate focal length state to the telephoto end state.
  • the zoom lens according to the present example includes a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a second lens having a positive refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis.
  • the lens group G2 includes a third lens group G3 having a negative refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
  • the first lens group G1 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L12 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave lens L13, and a biconvex lens. L14.
  • the negative meniscus lens L11 is an aspherical lens in which the object-side lens surface and the image-side lens surface are aspherical.
  • the negative meniscus lens L12 is an aspherical lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
  • the second lens group G2 has, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L21 and a negative meniscus lens L22 having a concave surface on the object side, a biconcave lens L23, and a convex surface on the object side. It is composed of a negative meniscus lens L24, a biconvex lens L25, and a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side.
  • the biconvex lens L21 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
  • the negative meniscus lens L24 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
  • the third lens group G3 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, an aperture stop S, a cemented lens of a biconcave lens L31 and a positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a flare-cut stop FS. Has been.
  • the fourth lens group G4 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L41 and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. It consists of a cemented lens with a biconvex lens L44.
  • the negative meniscus lens L42 is an aspheric lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
  • the fifth lens group G5 includes a positive meniscus lens L51 having a concave surface directed toward the object side.
  • the positive meniscus lens L51 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side and a lens surface on the image side.
  • an image sensor (not shown) composed of a CCD, a CMOS, or the like is disposed on the image plane I.
  • the zoom lens according to the present embodiment reduces the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
  • the distance between the lens group G2 and the third lens group G3 increases, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 decreases, and the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 increases.
  • the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the third lens group G4, the fourth lens group G4, and the fifth lens group move along the optical axis with respect to the image plane I.
  • the first lens group G1 once moves to the image plane I side and then moves to the object side, and the second lens group G2 and the fourth lens group G4 move together to the object side. Then, the third lens group G3 moves to the object side, and the fifth lens group G5 once moves to the object side and then moves to the image plane I side.
  • the aperture stop S is disposed between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3, and moves together with the third lens group G3 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
  • the fifth lens group G5 is moved to the object side, thereby focusing from an object at infinity to a near object.
  • a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L24 having a convex surface facing the object side in the second lens group G2, a biconvex lens L25, and a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side is used.
  • Image plane correction when image blur occurs, that is, image stabilization, is performed by moving the image stabilization lens group in a direction including a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis.
  • the angle In order to correct the rotational blur of ⁇ the anti-vibration lens group may be shifted in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis by (f ⁇ tan ⁇ ) / K.
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.97
  • the focal length is 16.48 (mm) (see Table 11 below).
  • the amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group for correcting the rotation blur is 0.24 (mm).
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.19, and the focal length is 25.21 (mm) (see Table 11 below).
  • the amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.24 (mm).
  • the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.43, and the focal length is 33.94 (mm) (see Table 11 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.57 ° is corrected.
  • the moving amount of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.23 (mm).
  • Table 11 lists specifications of the zoom lens according to the eleventh example.
  • FIGS. 43 (a), 43 (b), and 43 (c) are respectively for focusing a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 11.
  • FIG. 44 (a), 44 (b), and 44 (c) respectively show the meridional horizontal during vibration isolation in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 11. It is an aberration diagram.
  • the zoom lens according to the eleventh example has various aberrations well corrected from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, and has high optical performance even during image stabilization. I understand.
  • a zoom lens having a bright F number and high optical performance can be realized.
  • a zoom lens having a zoom ratio of about 1.5 to 2.5 a zoom lens having an F number of about 2.8 to 4.0 and a wide angle of view is realized.
  • Can do Furthermore, it is possible to reduce the size of the anti-vibration lens group and to exhibit high optical performance even during the anti-vibration period.
  • it is possible to realize a zoom lens in which the half angle of view (unit: degree) in the wide-angle end state is in the range of 39 ⁇ W ⁇ 57 (more preferably, 42 ⁇ W ⁇ 57). .
  • the half angle of view (unit: degree) in the wide-angle end state is preferably in the range of 39 ⁇ W ⁇ 57 (more preferably 42 ⁇ W ⁇ 57).
  • the F lens has a substantially constant F number when zooming.
  • the motor for moving the focusing lens group is preferably a stepping motor.
  • the first lens group G1 once moves to the image plane I side and then moves to the object side during zooming.
  • the fifth lens group G5 is fixed with respect to the image plane I during zooming.
  • the second lens group G2 and the fourth lens group G4 move to the object side along the same movement locus and have the same movement amount during zooming.
  • the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 changes, the distance between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3 changes, and the third lens. It is preferable that the distance between the group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 changes and the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 changes.
  • each said Example shows a specific example, and this embodiment is not limited to these.
  • the following contents can be appropriately adopted as long as the optical performance of the zoom lens is not impaired.
  • the zoom lens having a five-group configuration can also be applied to other group configurations such as a six-group. Further, a configuration in which a lens or a lens group is added to the most object side or a configuration in which a lens or a lens group is added to the most image side may be used.
  • the lens group refers to a portion having at least one lens separated by an air interval.
  • a single lens group, a plurality of lens groups, or a partial lens group may be moved in the optical axis direction so as to perform focusing from an object at infinity to a near object.
  • the focusing lens group can be applied to autofocus, and is also suitable for driving by an autofocus motor, such as an ultrasonic motor.
  • an autofocus motor such as an ultrasonic motor.
  • a part of the second lens group G2 is a focusing lens group, but the whole or a part of the third lens group G3 and the fifth lens group G5 is a focusing lens group.
  • the entire second lens group G2 may be used as the focusing lens group.
  • the lens group or partial lens group is moved so as to have a component perpendicular to the optical axis, or rotated (swinged) in the direction including the optical axis to correct image blur caused by camera shake.
  • An anti-vibration lens group may be used.
  • the entire third lens group G3 is preferably an anti-vibration lens group, but the entire or part of the fourth lens group G4 may be an anti-vibration lens group, and a part of the third lens group. May be used as a vibration-proof lens group.
  • the lens surface of the lens constituting the zoom lens may be a spherical surface, a flat surface, or an aspherical surface.
  • the lens surface is a spherical surface or a flat surface, it is preferable because lens processing and assembly adjustment are easy, and deterioration of optical performance due to errors in lens processing and assembly adjustment can be prevented. Further, even when the image plane is deviated, it is preferable because there is little deterioration in drawing performance.
  • the lens surface is aspherical, any of aspherical surface by grinding, glass mold aspherical surface in which glass is molded into an aspherical shape, or composite aspherical surface in which resin provided on the glass surface is formed in an aspherical shape Good.
  • the lens surface may be a diffractive surface, and the lens may be a gradient index lens (GRIN lens) or a plastic lens.
  • GRIN lens gradient index lens
  • the aperture stop be disposed between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3.
  • the role of the aperture stop is not provided as a member in the lens frame. It is good also as a structure which substitutes.
  • the lens surface of the lens constituting the zoom lens may be provided with an antireflection film having high transmittance in a wide wavelength region in order to reduce flare and ghost and achieve high optical performance with high contrast.
  • FIG. 45 is a schematic diagram illustrating a configuration of a camera including a zoom lens.
  • the camera 1 is a digital single-lens reflex camera provided with the zoom lens according to the first embodiment as the photographing lens 2.
  • the digital single-lens reflex camera 1 shown in FIG. 45 light from an object (subject) (not shown) is collected by the photographing lens 2 and formed on the focusing plate 5 via the quick return mirror 3.
  • the light imaged on the collecting plate 5 is reflected a plurality of times in the pentaprism 7 and guided to the eyepiece lens 9.
  • the photographer can observe the object (subject) image as an erect image through the eyepiece 9.
  • the quick return mirror 3 is retracted out of the optical path, and the light of the object (subject) collected by the photographing lens 2 forms a subject image on the image sensor 11. Thereby, the light from the object is picked up by the image pickup device 11 and stored in a memory (not shown) as an object image. In this way, the photographer can photograph an object with the camera 1.
  • the zoom lens according to the first embodiment mounted on the camera 1 as the photographing lens 2 is a zoom lens having a bright F number and high optical performance. Therefore, the camera 1 is a camera with high optical performance. It should be noted that the same effects as those of the camera 1 can be obtained even if a camera in which the zoom lens according to the second to eleventh embodiments is mounted as the photographing lens 2 is configured. Moreover, the camera 1 may hold
  • FIG. 46 is a diagram showing an outline of a method for manufacturing a zoom lens.
  • the zoom lens manufacturing method includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a first lens group having negative refractive power, a second lens group having positive refractive power, and a third lens having negative refractive power. 46.
  • a zoom lens manufacturing method including a group, a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group, and includes the following steps S1 and S2 as shown in FIG. Step S1: It is configured so as to satisfy the following conditional expression (1).
  • Step S2 During zooming, the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group changes, and the second lens The distance between the third lens group and the third lens group changes, the distance between the third lens group and the fourth lens group changes, and the distance between the fourth lens group and the fifth lens group changes.
  • a zoom lens having a bright F number and high optical performance can be manufactured.
  • a zoom lens having a zoom ratio of about 1.5 to 2.5 times a zoom lens having an F number of about 2.8 to 4.0 and a wide angle of view is manufactured. Can do.

Abstract

A zoom lens that has, in order along the optical axis thereof from an object side, a first lens group that has negative refractive power, a second lens group that has positive refractive power, a third lens group that has negative refractive power, a fourth lens group that has positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group. During power variation, the interval between the first lens group and the second lens group varies, the interval between the second lens group and the third lens group varies, the interval between the third lens group and the fourth lens group varies, and the interval between the fourth lens group and the fifth lens group varies. The zoom lens satisfies a prescribed conditional expression.

Description

ズームレンズ、光学機器、およびズームレンズの製造方法Zoom lens, optical device, and method of manufacturing zoom lens
 本発明は、写真用カメラや電子スチルカメラ、ビデオカメラ等に適した、ズームレンズ、光学機器、およびズームレンズの製造方法に関する。
 本願は、2015年1月30日に出願された日本国特許出願2015-017209号に基づき優先権を主張し、その内容をここに援用する。
The present invention relates to a zoom lens, an optical apparatus, and a zoom lens manufacturing method suitable for a photographic camera, an electronic still camera, a video camera, and the like.
This application claims priority based on the Japan patent application 2015-017209 for which it applied on January 30, 2015, and uses the content here.
 従来、広角の変倍光学系が提案されている(例えば、特許文献1参照)。 Conventionally, a wide-angle variable magnification optical system has been proposed (see, for example, Patent Document 1).
特開2007-279077号公報JP 2007-279077 A
 しかしながら、上述のような従来の変倍光学系にあっては、Fナンバーが明るく、高い光学性能を備えた光学系を求める要望に充分に応えることができないという問題があった。 However, the conventional variable power optical system as described above has a problem that it cannot sufficiently meet the demand for an optical system with a bright F number and high optical performance.
 本発明の一態様は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群と、負の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群と、第5レンズ群とを有し、変倍の際、前記第1レンズ群と前記第2レンズ群との間隔は変化し、前記第2レンズ群と前記第3レンズ群との間隔は変化し、前記第3レンズ群と前記第4レンズ群との間隔は変化し、前記第4レンズ群と前記第5レンズ群との間隔は変化し、以下の条件式を満足するズームレンズを提供する。
 1.000<f5/(-f1)<10.000
 ただし、
 f5:前記第5レンズ群の焦点距離
 f1:前記第1レンズ群の焦点距離
One embodiment of the present invention includes a first lens group having negative refractive power, a second lens group having positive refractive power, and a third lens having negative refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis. And a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group. During zooming, the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group changes, and the second lens group changes. The distance between the lens group and the third lens group changes, the distance between the third lens group and the fourth lens group changes, and the distance between the fourth lens group and the fifth lens group changes. A zoom lens that satisfies the following conditional expression is provided.
1.000 <f5 / (− f1) <10.000
However,
f5: focal length of the fifth lens group f1: focal length of the first lens group
 また、本発明の一態様は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群と、負の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群と、第5レンズ群とを有するズームレンズの製造方法であって、以下の条件式を満足するように構成し、変倍の際、前記第1レンズ群と前記第2レンズ群との間隔は変化し、前記第2レンズ群と前記第3レンズ群との間隔は変化し、前記第3レンズ群と前記第4レンズ群との間隔は変化し、前記第4レンズ群と前記第5レンズ群との間隔は変化するように構成するズームレンズの製造方法を提供する。
 1.000<f5/(-f1)<10.000
 ただし、
 f5:前記第5レンズ群の焦点距離
 f1:前記第1レンズ群の焦点距離
Further, according to one embodiment of the present invention, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a first lens group having a negative refractive power, a second lens group having a positive refractive power, and a first lens group having a negative refractive power. A zoom lens manufacturing method having three lens groups, a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group, and configured to satisfy the following conditional expression, The distance between the first lens group and the second lens group changes, the distance between the second lens group and the third lens group changes, and the distance between the third lens group and the fourth lens group. The zoom lens manufacturing method is configured such that the distance between the fourth lens group and the fifth lens group changes.
1.000 <f5 / (− f1) <10.000
However,
f5: focal length of the fifth lens group f1: focal length of the first lens group
図1(a)、図1(b)、および図1(c)はそれぞれ、第1実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における断面図である。FIGS. 1A, 1B, and 1C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to the first example in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively. 図2(a)、図2(b)、および図2(c)はそれぞれ、第1実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠物体合焦時の諸収差図である。2 (a), 2 (b), and 2 (c), respectively, are focused on an object at infinity in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the first example. FIG. 図3(a)、図3(b)、および図3(c)はそれぞれ、第1実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における近距離物体合焦時の諸収差図である。3 (a), 3 (b), and 3 (c) are respectively when a short-distance object is focused in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the first example. FIG. 図4(a)、図4(b)、および図4(c)はそれぞれ、第1実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における防振時のメリディオナル横収差図である。4 (a), 4 (b), and 4 (c) respectively show meridional laterals during vibration isolation in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the first example. It is an aberration diagram. 図5(a)、図5(b)、および図5(c)はそれぞれ、第2実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における断面図である。FIGS. 5A, 5B, and 5C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 2 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively. 図6(a)、図6(b)、および図6(c)はそれぞれ、第2実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠物体合焦時の諸収差図である。FIGS. 6 (a), 6 (b), and 6 (c) are respectively when the object at infinity is in focus in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the second example. FIG. 図7(a)、図7(b)、および図7(c)はそれぞれ、第2実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における近距離物体合焦時の諸収差図である。FIGS. 7 (a), 7 (b), and 7 (c) respectively show the zoom lens according to the second embodiment when focusing on a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state. FIG. 図8(a)、図8(b)、および図8(c)はそれぞれ、第2実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における防振時のメリディオナル横収差図である。8 (a), 8 (b), and 8 (c) respectively show the meridional lateral at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the second example. It is an aberration diagram. 図9(a)、図9(b)、および図9(c)はそれぞれ、第3実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における断面図である。FIGS. 9A, 9B, and 9C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to the third example in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively. 図10(a)、図10(b)、および図10(c)はそれぞれ、第3実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠物体合焦時の諸収差図である。10 (a), 10 (b), and 10 (c), respectively, are shown when an object at infinity is in focus in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the third example. FIG. 図11(a)、図11(b)、および図11(c)はそれぞれ、第3実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における近距離物体合焦時の諸収差図である。11 (a), 11 (b), and 11 (c), respectively, are those when focusing on a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the third example. FIG. 図12(a)、図12(b)、および図12(c)はそれぞれ、第3実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における防振時のメリディオナル横収差図である。12 (a), 12 (b), and 12 (c) respectively show meridional laterals during image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 3. It is an aberration diagram. 図13(a)、図13(b)、および図13(c)はそれぞれ、第4実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における断面図である。FIGS. 13A, 13B, and 13C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to the fourth example in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively. 図14(a)、図14(b)、および図14(c)はそれぞれ、第4実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠物体合焦時の諸収差図である。FIGS. 14 (a), 14 (b), and 14 (c) respectively show a zoom lens according to the fourth example when focusing on an object at infinity in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state. FIG. 図15(a)、図15(b)、および図15(c)はそれぞれ、第4実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における近距離物体合焦時の諸収差図である。15 (a), 15 (b), and 15 (c), respectively, are those when focusing on a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 4. FIG. 図16(a)、図16(b)、および図16(c)はそれぞれ、第4実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における防振時のメリディオナル横収差図である。16 (a), 16 (b), and 16 (c) respectively show the meridional horizontal at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the fourth example. It is an aberration diagram. 図17(a)、図17(b)、および図17(c)はそれぞれ、第5実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における断面図である。FIGS. 17A, 17B, and 17C are sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 5 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively. 図18(a)、図18(b)、および図18(c)はそれぞれ、第5実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠物体合焦時の諸収差図である。18 (a), 18 (b), and 18 (c), respectively, are shown when an object at infinity is in focus in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 5. FIG. 図19(a)、図19(b)、および図19(c)はそれぞれ、第5実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における近距離物体合焦時の諸収差図である。19 (a), 19 (b), and 19 (c) are respectively when a short-distance object is focused in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 5. FIG. 図20(a)、図20(b)、および図20(c)はそれぞれ、第5実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における防振時のメリディオナル横収差図である。20 (a), 20 (b), and 20 (c) respectively show the meridional lateral at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 5. It is an aberration diagram. 図21(a)、図21(b)、および図21(c)はそれぞれ、第6実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における断面図である。FIGS. 21A, 21B, and 21C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 6 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively. 図22(a)、図22(b)、および図22(c)はそれぞれ、第6実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠物体合焦時の諸収差図である。22 (a), 22 (b), and 22 (c) respectively show the infinite object focusing in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 6. FIG. 図23(a)、図23(b)、および図23(c)はそれぞれ、第6実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における近距離物体合焦時の諸収差図である。23 (a), 23 (b), and 23 (c) are respectively when a short-distance object is focused in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 6. FIG. 図24(a)、図24(b)、および図24(c)はそれぞれ、第6実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における防振時のメリディオナル横収差図である。24 (a), 24 (b), and 24 (c) respectively show the meridional horizontal at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 6. It is an aberration diagram. 図25(a)、図25(b)、および図25(c)はそれぞれ、第7実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における断面図である。FIGS. 25A, 25B, and 25C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to the seventh example in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively. 図26(a)、図26(b)、および図26(c)はそれぞれ、第7実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠物体合焦時の諸収差図である。FIGS. 26 (a), 26 (b), and 26 (c) are respectively when the object at infinity is in focus in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the seventh example. FIG. 図27(a)、図27(b)、および図27(c)はそれぞれ、第7実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における近距離物体合焦時の諸収差図である。FIGS. 27 (a), 27 (b), and 27 (c) are respectively for focusing a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the seventh example. FIG. 図28(a)、図28(b)、および図28(c)はそれぞれ、第7実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における防振時のメリディオナル横収差図である。28 (a), 28 (b), and 28 (c) are respectively the meridional laterals at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 7. It is an aberration diagram. 図29(a)、図29(b)、および図29(c)はそれぞれ、第8実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における断面図である。FIGS. 29A, 29B, and 29C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 8 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively. 図30(a)、図30(b)、および図30(c)はそれぞれ、第8実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠物体合焦時の諸収差図である。FIGS. 30 (a), 30 (b), and 30 (c) are focused on an object at infinity in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 8. FIG. 図31(a)、図31(b)、および図31(c)はそれぞれ、第8実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における近距離物体合焦時の諸収差図である。FIGS. 31 (a), 31 (b), and 31 (c) are respectively when focusing on a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 8. FIGS. FIG. 図32(a)、図32(b)、および図32(c)はそれぞれ、第8実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における防振時のメリディオナル横収差図である。32 (a), 32 (b), and 32 (c) are respectively the meridional laterals at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 8. It is an aberration diagram. 図33(a)、図33(b)、および図33(c)はそれぞれ、第9実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における断面図である。33A, 33B, and 33C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 9 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively. 図34(a)、図34(b)、および図34(c)はそれぞれ、第9実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠物体合焦時の諸収差図である。FIGS. 34 (a), 34 (b), and 34 (c) are focused on an object at infinity in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 9, respectively. FIG. 図35(a)、図35(b)、および図35(c)はそれぞれ、第9実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における近距離物体合焦時の諸収差図である。FIGS. 35 (a), 35 (b), and 35 (c) are respectively for focusing a short distance object in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 9. FIG. 図36(a)、図36(b)、および図36(c)はそれぞれ、第9実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における防振時のメリディオナル横収差図である。36 (a), 36 (b), and 36 (c) respectively show the meridional horizontal at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 9. It is an aberration diagram. 図37(a)、図37(b)、および図37(c)はそれぞれ、第10実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における断面図である。FIGS. 37A, 37B, and 37C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 10 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively. 図38(a)、図38(b)、および図38(c)はそれぞれ、第10実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠物体合焦時の諸収差図である。FIGS. 38 (a), 38 (b), and 38 (c) are focused on an object at infinity in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 10, respectively. FIG. 図39(a)、図39(b)、および図39(c)はそれぞれ、第10実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における近距離物体合焦時の諸収差図である。FIGS. 39 (a), 39 (b), and 39 (c) are focused on a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 10, respectively. FIG. 図40(a)、図40(b)、および図40(c)はそれぞれ、第10実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における防振時のメリディオナル横収差図である。40 (a), 40 (b), and 40 (c) are respectively the meridional laterals at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 10. It is an aberration diagram. 図41(a)、図41(b)、および図41(c)はそれぞれ、第11実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における断面図である。41A, 41B, and 41C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 11 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively. 図42(a)、図42(b)、および図42(c)はそれぞれ、第11実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠物体合焦時の諸収差図である。42 (a), 42 (b), and 42 (c) are in-focus at infinity in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 11, respectively. FIG. 図43(a)、図43(b)、および図43(c)はそれぞれ、第11実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における近距離物体合焦時の諸収差図である。FIGS. 43 (a), 43 (b), and 43 (c) are respectively for focusing a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 11. FIG. 図44(a)、図44(b)、および図44(c)はそれぞれ、第11実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における防振時のメリディオナル横収差図である。44 (a), 44 (b), and 44 (c) respectively show the meridional horizontal during vibration isolation in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 11. It is an aberration diagram. 図45は、ズームレンズを備えたカメラの構成を示す概略図である。FIG. 45 is a schematic diagram illustrating a configuration of a camera including a zoom lens. 図46は、ズームレンズの製造方法の概略を示す図である。FIG. 46 is a diagram showing an outline of a method for manufacturing a zoom lens.
 以下、実施形態について、ズームレンズ、光学機器、およびズームレンズの製造方法の説明をする。まず、一実施形態に係るズームレンズから説明する。 Hereinafter, the zoom lens, the optical apparatus, and the manufacturing method of the zoom lens will be described for the embodiment. First, a zoom lens according to an embodiment will be described.
 一実施形態に係るズームレンズは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群と、負の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群と、第5レンズ群とを有し、変倍の際、前記第1レンズ群と前記第2レンズ群との間隔は変化し、前記第2レンズ群と前記第3レンズ群との間隔は変化し、前記第3レンズ群と前記第4レンズ群との間隔は変化し、前記第4レンズ群と前記第5レンズ群との間隔は変化する。一例において、前記第5レンズ群は正の屈折力を有することが可能である。
 この構成により、変倍を実現し、変倍時の良好な収差補正を図ることができる。
A zoom lens according to an embodiment includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a first lens group having a negative refractive power, a second lens group having a positive refractive power, and a first lens group having a negative refractive power. Three lens groups, a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group, and when zooming, the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group changes, The distance between the second lens group and the third lens group changes, the distance between the third lens group and the fourth lens group changes, and the distance between the fourth lens group and the fifth lens group changes. Change. In one example, the fifth lens group may have a positive refractive power.
With this configuration, zooming can be realized, and good aberration correction can be achieved during zooming.
 ズームレンズは、以下の条件式(1)を満足する。
 (1)1.000<f5/(-f1)<10.000
 ただし、
 f5:前記第5レンズ群の焦点距離
 f1:前記第1レンズ群の焦点距離
The zoom lens satisfies the following conditional expression (1).
(1) 1.000 <f5 / (− f1) <10.000
However,
f5: focal length of the fifth lens group f1: focal length of the first lens group
 条件式(1)は、第5レンズ群の焦点距離と第1レンズ群の焦点距離との比の適切な範囲を規定するための条件式である。条件式(1)を満足することにより、広角でありながらFナンバーがF2.8~F4.0程度の明るさを実現し、球面収差をはじめとする諸収差を良好に補正することができる。 Conditional expression (1) is a conditional expression for defining an appropriate range of the ratio between the focal length of the fifth lens group and the focal length of the first lens group. By satisfying conditional expression (1), it is possible to achieve a brightness with an F-number of about F2.8 to F4.0 while maintaining a wide angle, and it is possible to satisfactorily correct various aberrations including spherical aberration.
 条件式(1)の対応値が上限値を上回ると、第5レンズ群に対する第1レンズ群のパワーが増大することとなり、特に広角端状態における像面湾曲と湾曲収差の補正が困難となる可能性がある。なお、効果を確実にするために、条件式(1)の上限値を8.700にすることが好ましくは可能である。また、効果をさらに確実にするために、条件式(1)の上限値を7.400にすることが好ましくは可能である。 When the corresponding value of the conditional expression (1) exceeds the upper limit value, the power of the first lens group with respect to the fifth lens group increases, and it becomes difficult to correct curvature of field and curvature aberration particularly in the wide-angle end state. There is sex. In order to secure the effect, it is preferable that the upper limit value of conditional expression (1) is 8.700. In order to further secure the effect, it is preferable that the upper limit value of conditional expression (1) is 7.400.
 一方、条件式(1)の対応値が下限値を下回ると、第1レンズ群に対する第5レンズ群のパワーが増大することとなり、特に望遠端状態における像面湾曲と湾曲収差の補正が困難となる可能性がある。なお、効果を確実にするために、条件式(1)の下限値を1.700にすることが好ましくは可能である。また、効果をさらに確実にするために、条件式(1)の下限値を2.400にすることが好ましくは可能である。 On the other hand, if the corresponding value of conditional expression (1) is below the lower limit value, the power of the fifth lens group with respect to the first lens group will increase, and it will be difficult to correct field curvature and curvature aberration particularly in the telephoto end state. There is a possibility. In order to secure the effect, it is preferable that the lower limit value of conditional expression (1) is 1.700. In order to further secure the effect, it is preferable to set the lower limit value of conditional expression (1) to 2.400.
 また、ズームレンズは、次の条件式(2)を満足することが好ましくは可能である。
 (2)0.300<|m12|/fw<5.000 
 ただし、
 |m12|:前記第1レンズ群の最も像側のレンズ面から前記第2レンズ群の最も物体側のレンズ面までの光軸上の距離の、広角端状態から望遠端状態までの変化量
 fw:広角端状態における前記ズームレンズ全系の焦点距離
In addition, it is preferable that the zoom lens satisfies the following conditional expression (2).
(2) 0.300 <| m12 | / fw <5.000
However,
| M12 |: the amount of change from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state of the distance on the optical axis from the most image side lens surface of the first lens group to the most object side lens surface of the second lens group fw : Focal length of the entire zoom lens system in the wide-angle end state
 条件式(2)は、第1レンズ群と第2レンズ群との変倍負担に関し、広角端状態における前記ズームレンズ全系の焦点距離に対する、前記第1レンズ群の最も像側のレンズ面から前記第2レンズ群の最も物体側のレンズ面までの光軸上の距離の、広角端状態から望遠端状態までの変化量の比の適切な範囲を規定するための条件式である。 Conditional expression (2) relates to a variable magnification load between the first lens group and the second lens group, from the lens surface closest to the image side of the first lens group with respect to the focal length of the entire zoom lens system in the wide-angle end state. It is a conditional expression for prescribing an appropriate range of the ratio of the amount of change from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state of the distance on the optical axis to the lens surface closest to the object side of the second lens group.
 条件式(2)の対応値が上限値を上回ると、第1レンズ群と像面との距離が増大することとなり、特に第2レンズ群が担う球面収差とコマ収差補正の負担が増大し、球面収差およびコマ収差の補正が困難となる可能性がある。なお、効果を確実にするために、条件式(2)の上限値を4.000にすることが好ましくは可能である。また、効果をさらに確実にするために、条件式(2)の上限値を3.000にすることが好ましくは可能である。 If the corresponding value of conditional expression (2) exceeds the upper limit value, the distance between the first lens group and the image plane increases, and in particular, the spherical aberration and coma aberration correction burdens of the second lens group increase. It may be difficult to correct spherical aberration and coma. In order to secure the effect, it is preferable to set the upper limit value of conditional expression (2) to 4.0000. In order to further secure the effect, it is preferable that the upper limit value of conditional expression (2) is 3.000.
 一方、条件式(2)の対応値が下限値を下回ると、第1レンズ群以外のレンズ群の変倍負担が増えることとなり、特に第4レンズ群のパワーが増大することにより、コマ収差の補正が困難となる可能性がある。なお、効果を確実にするために、条件式(2)の下限値を0.600にすることが好ましくは可能である。また、効果をさらに確実にするために、条件式(2)の下限値を0.900にすることが好ましくは可能である。 On the other hand, if the corresponding value of the conditional expression (2) is less than the lower limit value, the zooming burden of the lens units other than the first lens unit increases, and in particular, the power of the fourth lens unit increases, so that coma aberration is increased. Correction may be difficult. In order to secure the effect, it is preferable to set the lower limit of conditional expression (2) to 0.600. In order to further secure the effect, it is preferable to set the lower limit of conditional expression (2) to 0.900.
 また、ズームレンズは、次の条件式(3)を満足することが好ましくは可能である。
 (3)0.200<f5/f4<4.000
 ただし、
 f5:前記第5レンズ群の焦点距離
 f4:前記第4レンズ群の焦点距離
In addition, the zoom lens can preferably satisfy the following conditional expression (3).
(3) 0.200 <f5 / f4 <4.00
However,
f5: focal length of the fifth lens group f4: focal length of the fourth lens group
 条件式(3)は、第5レンズ群の焦点距離と第4レンズ群の焦点距離との比の適切な範囲を規定するための条件式である。条件式(3)の対応値が上限値を上回ると、第5レンズ群に対する第4レンズ群のパワーが増大することとなり、コマ収差の補正が困難となる可能性がある。なお、効果を確実にするために、条件式(3)の上限値を3.300にすることが好ましくは可能である。また、効果をさらに確実にするために、条件式(3)の上限値を2.600にすることが好ましくは可能である。 Conditional expression (3) is a conditional expression for defining an appropriate range of the ratio between the focal length of the fifth lens group and the focal length of the fourth lens group. If the corresponding value of conditional expression (3) exceeds the upper limit value, the power of the fourth lens group with respect to the fifth lens group will increase, and it may be difficult to correct coma. In order to secure the effect, it is preferable that the upper limit value of conditional expression (3) is 3.300. In order to further secure the effect, it is preferable to set the upper limit value of conditional expression (3) to 2.600.
 一方、条件式(3)の対応値が下限値を下回ると、第4レンズ群に対する第5レンズ群のパワーが増大することとなり、像面湾曲の補正が困難となる可能性がある。なお、効果を確実にするために、条件式(3)の下限値を0.350にすることが好ましくは可能である。また、効果をさらに確実にするために、条件式(3)の下限値を0.450にすることが好ましくは可能である。 On the other hand, if the corresponding value of conditional expression (3) is less than the lower limit value, the power of the fifth lens group with respect to the fourth lens group will increase, which may make it difficult to correct field curvature. In order to secure the effect, it is preferable to set the lower limit of conditional expression (3) to 0.350. In order to further secure the effect, it is preferable to set the lower limit of conditional expression (3) to 0.450.
 また、ズームレンズは、前記第3レンズ群中の少なくとも一部のレンズを光軸と直交する方向の成分を含むように移動可能なように構成することが好ましくは可能である。例えば、ズームレンズは、前記第3レンズ群中の少なくとも2枚のレンズを光軸と直交する方向の成分を含むように移動可能なように構成することが好ましくは可能である。
 このように、前記第3レンズ群中の少なくとも2枚のレンズを防振レンズ群として光軸と直交する方向の成分を含むように移動可能なように構成することにより、防振レンズ群の小型化を実現することができ、さらに防振時における偏心コマ収差、偏心像面湾曲、および偏心倍率色収差を良好に補正することができる。
In addition, the zoom lens can preferably be configured such that at least a part of the lenses in the third lens group can be moved so as to include a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis. For example, the zoom lens can preferably be configured such that at least two lenses in the third lens group can be moved so as to include a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis.
In this way, by configuring at least two lenses in the third lens group to be movable so as to include a component in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis as a vibration-proof lens group, the vibration-proof lens group can be reduced in size. In addition, it is possible to satisfactorily correct decentration coma, decentration field curvature, and decentration magnification chromatic aberration during image stabilization.
 また、ズームレンズは、前記第2レンズ群中の少なくとも一部のレンズを光軸と直交する方向の成分を含むように移動可能なように構成することが好ましくは可能である。例えば、ズームレンズは、前記第2レンズ群中の少なくとも2枚のレンズを光軸と直交する方向の成分を含むように移動可能なように構成することが好ましくは可能である。
 このように前記第2レンズ群中の少なくとも2枚のレンズを防振レンズ群として光軸と直交する方向の成分を含むように移動可能なように構成することにより、防振レンズ群の小型化を実現することができ、さらに防振時における偏心コマ収差、偏心像面湾曲、および偏心倍率色収差を良好に補正することができる。
In addition, it is preferable that the zoom lens be configured such that at least a part of the lenses in the second lens group can be moved so as to include a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis. For example, the zoom lens can preferably be configured such that at least two lenses in the second lens group can be moved so as to include a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis.
As described above, the anti-vibration lens group can be downsized by configuring the anti-vibration lens group so that at least two lenses in the second lens group can move so as to include a component in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. Further, it is possible to satisfactorily correct decentration coma aberration, decentration field curvature, and decentration magnification chromatic aberration during image stabilization.
 また、ズームレンズは、前記第4レンズ群中の少なくとも一部のレンズを光軸と直交する方向の成分を含むように移動可能なように構成することが好ましくは可能である。例えば、ズームレンズは、前記第4レンズ群中の少なくとも2枚のレンズを光軸と直交する方向の成分を含むように移動可能なように構成することが好ましくは可能である。
 このように前記第4レンズ群中の少なくとも2枚のレンズを防振レンズ群として光軸と直交する方向の成分を含むように移動可能なように構成することにより、防振レンズ群の小型化を実現することができ、さらに防振時における偏心コマ収差、偏心像面湾曲、および偏心倍率色収差を良好に補正することができる。
In addition, it is preferable that the zoom lens can be configured so that at least a part of the lenses in the fourth lens group can move so as to include a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis. For example, it is preferable that the zoom lens be configured such that at least two lenses in the fourth lens group can be moved so as to include a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis.
As described above, the anti-vibration lens group can be downsized by configuring the anti-vibration lens group so that at least two lenses in the fourth lens group can move so as to include a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis. Further, it is possible to satisfactorily correct decentration coma aberration, decentration field curvature, and decentration magnification chromatic aberration during image stabilization.
 また、ズームレンズは、前記第2レンズ群中の少なくとも一部のレンズを光軸に沿って移動させることによって無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦を行うことが好ましくは可能である。例えば、ズームレンズは、前記第2レンズ群中の少なくとも2枚のレンズを光軸に沿って移動させることによって無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦を行うことが好ましくは可能である。
 この構成により、合焦レンズ群の小型化を実現することができ、合焦による色収差の変動および像面湾曲の変動を良好に補正することができる。
The zoom lens can preferably focus from an object at infinity to a near object by moving at least some of the lenses in the second lens group along the optical axis. For example, the zoom lens is preferably capable of focusing from an object at infinity to a near object by moving at least two lenses in the second lens group along the optical axis.
With this configuration, it is possible to reduce the size of the focusing lens group, and it is possible to satisfactorily correct variations in chromatic aberration and field curvature due to focusing.
 また、ズームレンズは、前記第3レンズ群中の少なくとも一部のレンズを光軸に沿って移動させることによって無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦を行うことが好ましくは可能である。例えば、ズームレンズは、前記第3レンズ群中の少なくとも2枚のレンズを光軸に沿って移動させることによって無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦を行うことが好ましくは可能である。
 この構成により、合焦レンズ群の小型化を実現することができ、合焦による色収差の変動および像面湾曲の変動を良好に補正することができる。
In the zoom lens, it is preferable that at least a part of the third lens group is moved along the optical axis to focus from an object at infinity to a near object. For example, the zoom lens is preferably capable of focusing from an object at infinity to a near object by moving at least two lenses in the third lens group along the optical axis.
With this configuration, it is possible to reduce the size of the focusing lens group, and it is possible to satisfactorily correct variations in chromatic aberration and field curvature due to focusing.
 また、ズームレンズは、前記第4レンズ群中の少なくとも一部のレンズを光軸に沿って移動させることによって無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦を行うことが好ましくは可能である。例えば、ズームレンズは、前記第4レンズ群中の少なくとも2枚のレンズを光軸に沿って移動させることによって無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦を行うことが好ましくは可能である。
 この構成により、合焦レンズ群の小型化を実現することができ、合焦による色収差の変動および像面湾曲の変動を良好に補正することができる。
In the zoom lens, it is preferable that at least a part of the lenses in the fourth lens group be moved along the optical axis to focus from an object at infinity to a near object. For example, the zoom lens is preferably capable of focusing from an object at infinity to a near object by moving at least two lenses in the fourth lens group along the optical axis.
With this configuration, it is possible to reduce the size of the focusing lens group, and it is possible to satisfactorily correct variations in chromatic aberration and field curvature due to focusing.
 また、ズームレンズは、前記第5レンズ群の一部または全部を光軸に沿って移動させることによって無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦を行うことが好ましくは可能である。
 この構成により、合焦による軸上色収差の変動、球面収差の変動、およびコマ収差の変動を良好に補正することができる。
In addition, it is preferable that the zoom lens can focus from an object at infinity to an object at a short distance by moving part or all of the fifth lens group along the optical axis.
With this configuration, it is possible to satisfactorily correct axial chromatic aberration variation, spherical aberration variation, and coma aberration variation due to focusing.
 また、ズームレンズは、前記第2レンズ群と前記第3レンズ群との間に開口絞りを有することが好ましくは可能である。
 この構成により、球面収差、コマ収差、および倍率色収差を良好に補正することができる。
The zoom lens preferably has an aperture stop between the second lens group and the third lens group.
With this configuration, spherical aberration, coma aberration, and lateral chromatic aberration can be favorably corrected.
 また、実施形態に係る光学機器は、上述した構成のズームレンズを備えている。これにより、Fナンバーが明るく、高い光学性能を備えた光学機器を実現することができる。 The optical apparatus according to the embodiment includes the zoom lens having the above-described configuration. Thereby, an optical apparatus having a bright F number and high optical performance can be realized.
 また、実施形態に係るズームレンズの製造方法は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群と、負の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群と、第5レンズ群とを有するズームレンズの製造方法であって、以下の条件式(1)を満足するように構成し、変倍の際、前記第1レンズ群と前記第2レンズ群との間隔は変化し、前記第2レンズ群と前記第3レンズ群との間隔は変化し、前記第3レンズ群と前記第4レンズ群との間隔は変化し、前記第4レンズ群と前記第5レンズ群との間隔は変化するように構成するものである。一例において、前記第5レンズ群は正の屈折力を有することが可能である。
 (1)1.000<f5/(-f1)<10.000
 ただし、
 f5:前記第5レンズ群の焦点距離
 f1:前記第1レンズ群の焦点距離
The zoom lens manufacturing method according to the embodiment includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a first lens group having negative refractive power, a second lens group having positive refractive power, and negative refraction. A method of manufacturing a zoom lens having a third lens group having a power, a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group, wherein the following conditional expression (1) is satisfied: During zooming, the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group changes, the distance between the second lens group and the third lens group changes, and the third lens group and the third lens group The distance between the fourth lens group is changed, and the distance between the fourth lens group and the fifth lens group is changed. In one example, the fifth lens group may have a positive refractive power.
(1) 1.000 <f5 / (− f1) <10.000
However,
f5: focal length of the fifth lens group f1: focal length of the first lens group
 斯かるズームレンズの製造方法により、Fナンバーが明るく、高い光学性能を備えたズームレンズレンズを製造することができる。 By such a zoom lens manufacturing method, a zoom lens lens having a bright F number and high optical performance can be manufactured.
(数値実施例)
 以下、数値実施例に係るズームレンズを添付図面に基づいて説明する。
(Numerical example)
Hereinafter, zoom lenses according to numerical examples will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings.
(第1実施例)
 図1(a)、図1(b)、および図1(c)はそれぞれ、第1実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における断面図である。
 図1(a)中の各レンズ群の下の矢印は、広角端状態から中間焦点距離状態への変倍の際の各レンズ群の移動方向を示している。図1(b)中の各レンズ群の下の矢印は、中間焦点距離状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際の各レンズ群の移動方向を示している。
(First embodiment)
FIGS. 1A, 1B, and 1C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to the first example in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 1A indicates the moving direction of each lens group upon zooming from the wide-angle end state to the intermediate focal length state. An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 1B indicates the moving direction of each lens group during zooming from the intermediate focal length state to the telephoto end state.
 図1(a)に示すように、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、負の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、正の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5とから構成されている。 As shown in FIG. 1 (a), the zoom lens according to the present embodiment includes a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a second lens having a positive refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis. The lens group G2 includes a third lens group G3 having a negative refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
 第1レンズ群G1は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL11と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL12と、両凹レンズL13と、両凸レンズL14とから構成されている。負メニスカスレンズL11は、物体側のレンズ面および像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The first lens group G1 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L12 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave lens L13, and a biconvex lens. L14. The negative meniscus lens L11 is an aspherical lens in which the object-side lens surface and the image-side lens surface are aspherical.
 第2レンズ群G2は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、正の屈折力を有する第2Fレンズ群G2Fと、正の屈折力を有する第2Rレンズ群G2Rとから構成されている。
 第2Fレンズ群G2Fは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、両凸レンズL21と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL22との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL23とから構成されている。両凸レンズL21は、物体側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。
 第2Rレンズ群G2Rは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL24と両凸レンズL25と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL26との接合レンズから構成されている。
The second lens group G2 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a second F lens group G2F having a positive refractive power and a second R lens group G2R having a positive refractive power.
The second F lens group G2F includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L21 and a negative meniscus lens L22 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L23 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of The biconvex lens L21 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
The second R lens group G2R includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L24 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconvex lens L25, and a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side. Has been.
 第3レンズ群G3は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、開口絞りSと、両凹レンズL31と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL32との接合レンズと、フレアカット絞りFSとから構成されている。正メニスカスレンズL32は、像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The third lens group G3 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, an aperture stop S, a cemented lens of a biconcave lens L31 and a positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a flare-cut stop FS. Has been. The positive meniscus lens L32 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric surface on the image side.
 第4レンズ群G4は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、両凸レンズL41と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL42との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL43と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL44との接合レンズとから構成されている。負メニスカスレンズL42は、像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The fourth lens group G4 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L41 and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a cemented lens with a positive meniscus lens L44 having a convex surface facing the object side. The negative meniscus lens L42 is an aspheric lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
 第5レンズ群G5は、物体側に凹面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL51から構成されている。正メニスカスレンズL51は、物体側のレンズ面および像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The fifth lens group G5 includes a positive meniscus lens L51 having a concave surface directed toward the object side. The positive meniscus lens L51 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side and a lens surface on the image side.
 像面I上には、CCDやCMOS等から構成された撮像素子(図示省略)が配置されている。 On the image plane I, an image sensor (not shown) composed of a CCD, a CMOS, or the like is disposed.
 以上の構成のもと、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との間隔は減少し、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間隔は増大し、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間隔は減少し、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との間隔は増大するように、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G4と第4レンズ群G4とが像面Iに対して光軸に沿って移動する。詳細には、変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1は一旦像面I側へ移動してから物体側へ移動し、第2レンズ群G2は物体側へ移動し、第3レンズ群G3は物体側へ移動し、第4レンズ群G4は物体側へ移動し、第5レンズ群G5は像面Iに対して固定である。 With the above configuration, the zoom lens according to the present embodiment reduces the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state. The distance between the lens group G2 and the third lens group G3 increases, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 decreases, and the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 increases. Thus, the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the third lens group G4, and the fourth lens group G4 move along the optical axis with respect to the image plane I. Specifically, at the time of zooming, the first lens group G1 once moves to the image plane I side and then moves to the object side, the second lens group G2 moves to the object side, and the third lens group G3 moves to the object side. The fourth lens group G4 moves to the object side, and the fifth lens group G5 is fixed with respect to the image plane I.
 開口絞りSは、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間に配置され、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第3レンズ群G3と共に移動する。 The aperture stop S is disposed between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3, and moves together with the third lens group G3 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
 また、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、第2Fレンズ群G2Fを像面I側へ移動させることにより、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦が行われる。 In the zoom lens according to the present embodiment, focusing from an infinitely distant object to a close object is performed by moving the second F lens group G2F to the image plane I side.
 また、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、第3レンズ群G3の両凹レンズL31と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL32との接合レンズを防振レンズ群として光軸と直交する方向の成分を含む方向に移動させることにより像ブレ発生時の像面補正、すなわち防振を行っている。 In addition, the zoom lens according to the present example uses a cemented lens of the biconcave lens L31 of the third lens group G3 and the positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface toward the object side as a vibration-proof lens group, and a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis. Image plane correction when image blur occurs, that is, image stabilization is performed.
 ここで、本実施例に係るズームレンズ全系の焦点距離をfとし、ブレ補正時の防振レンズ群の移動量に対する像面I上での像の移動量の比をKとするとき(以下、この比のことを防振係数Kという。)、角度θの回転ブレを補正するには、防振レンズ群を(f・tanθ)/Kだけ光軸と直交する方向にシフトさせれば良い。
 本実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態においては、防振係数Kは0.54であり、焦点距離は16.48(mm)(下記表1参照)であるので、0.81°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.43(mm)である。また、中間焦点距離状態においては、防振係数Kは0.68であり、焦点距離は25.21(mm)(下記表1参照)であるので、0.66°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.42(mm)である。また、望遠端状態においては、防振係数Kは0.85であり、焦点距離は33.95(mm)(下記表1参照)であるので、0.57°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.39(mm)である。
Here, when the focal length of the entire zoom lens system according to the present embodiment is f and the ratio of the moving amount of the image on the image plane I to the moving amount of the image stabilizing lens group at the time of blurring correction is K (hereinafter referred to as “K”) This ratio is referred to as an anti-vibration coefficient K.) In order to correct the rotational shake at the angle θ, the anti-vibration lens group may be shifted in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis by (f · tan θ) / K. .
In the zoom lens according to the present example, in the wide-angle end state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.54 and the focal length is 16.48 (mm) (see Table 1 below). The amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group for correcting the rotation blur is 0.43 (mm). Further, in the intermediate focal length state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.68, and the focal length is 25.21 (mm) (see Table 1 below). The amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.42 (mm). In the telephoto end state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.85, and the focal length is 33.95 (mm) (see Table 1 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.57 ° is corrected. The moving amount of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.39 (mm).
 以下の表1に、第1実施例に係るズームレンズの諸元値を掲げる。
 表1中の[全体諸元]において、fはズームレンズ全系の焦点距離、FNOはFナンバー、ωは半画角(単位:度)、Yは像高、TLは光学系全長、BFはバックフォーカスをそれぞれ示している。ここで、光学系全長TLは第1レンズ群G1中の最も物体側のレンズ面から像面Iまでの光軸上の距離である。また、バックフォーカスBFは第5レンズ群G5中の最も像側のレンズ面から像面Iまでの光軸上の距離である。また、Wは広角端状態、Mは中間焦点距離状態、Tは望遠端状態の各焦点距離状態をそれぞれ示す。
Table 1 below lists specifications of the zoom lens according to the first example.
In [Overall specifications] in Table 1, f is the focal length of the entire zoom lens system, FNO is the F number, ω is the half field angle (unit: degree), Y is the image height, TL is the total length of the optical system, and BF is Each shows the back focus. Here, the total length TL of the optical system is a distance on the optical axis from the most object side lens surface in the first lens group G1 to the image plane I. Further, the back focus BF is a distance on the optical axis from the most image side lens surface to the image surface I in the fifth lens group G5. W indicates the wide-angle end state, M indicates the intermediate focal length state, and T indicates the respective focal length states in the telephoto end state.
 [面データ]において、面番号は物体側から数えたレンズ面の順番、rはレンズ面の曲率半径、dはレンズ面の間隔、ndはd線(波長λ=587.6nm)に対する屈折率、νdはd線(波長λ=587.6nm)に対するアッベ数をそれぞれ示している。また、物面は物体面、(絞り)は開口絞りS、(FS)はフレアカット絞りFS、像面は像面Iをそれぞれ示している。なお、曲率半径r=∞は平面を示し、空気の屈折率d=1.00000の記載は省略している。また、レンズ面が非球面である場合には面番号に*印を付して曲率半径rの欄には近軸曲率半径を示している。 In [Surface Data], the surface number is the order of the lens surfaces counted from the object side, r is the radius of curvature of the lens surfaces, d is the distance between the lens surfaces, nd is the refractive index with respect to the d-line (wavelength λ = 587.6 nm), νd represents the Abbe number for the d-line (wavelength λ = 587.6 nm). Further, the object plane indicates the object plane, (stop) indicates the aperture stop S, (FS) indicates the flare cut stop FS, and the image plane indicates the image plane I. Note that the radius of curvature r = ∞ indicates a plane, and the description of the refractive index of air d = 1.00000 is omitted. When the lens surface is an aspheric surface, the surface number is marked with * and the paraxial radius of curvature is shown in the column of the radius of curvature r.
 [レンズ群データ]には、各レンズ群の始面番号と焦点距離を示す。 [Lens Group Data] indicates the starting surface number and focal length of each lens group.
 [非球面データ]には、[面データ]に示した非球面について、その形状を次式で表した場合の非球面係数及び円錐定数を示す。
x=(h/r)/[1+{1-κ(h/r)1/2
  +A4h+A6h+A8h+A10h10
 ここで、hを光軸に垂直な方向の高さ、xを高さhにおける非球面の頂点の接平面から当該非球面までの光軸方向に沿った距離(サグ量)、κを円錐定数、A4、A6、A8、A10を非球面係数、rを基準球面の曲率半径(近軸曲率半径)とする。また、「E-n」は「×10-n」を示し、例えば、「1.234E-05」は、「1.234×10-5」を示す。2次の非球面係数A2は0であり、記載を省略している。
[Aspherical data] shows an aspherical coefficient and a conic constant when the shape of the aspherical surface shown in [Surface data] is expressed by the following equation.
x = (h 2 / r) / [1+ {1-κ (h / r) 2 } 1/2 ]
+ A4h 4 + A6h 6 + A8h 8 + A10h 10
Here, h is the height in the direction perpendicular to the optical axis, x is the distance (sag amount) from the tangent plane of the apex of the aspheric surface to the aspheric surface at the height h, and κ is the conic constant. , A4, A6, A8, A10 are aspherical coefficients, and r is the radius of curvature (paraxial curvature radius) of the reference sphere. Further, “E−n” indicates “× 10 −n ”, for example, “1.234E-05” indicates “1.234 × 10 −5 ”. The secondary aspherical coefficient A2 is 0 and is not shown.
 [可変間隔データ]において、fはズームレンズ全系の焦点距離を、βは撮影倍率をそれぞれ示し、dn(nは整数)は第n面と第(n+1)面との可変の面間隔をそれぞれ示す。また、d0は物体から最も物体側のレンズ面までの距離を示す。なお、Wは広角端状態、Mは中間焦点距離状態、Tは望遠端状態、無限遠は無限遠物体への合焦時、近距離は近距離物体への合焦時をそれぞれ示す。
 [条件式対応値]には、各条件式の対応値をそれぞれ示す。
 ここで、表1に記載されている焦点距離fや曲率半径r、およびその他長さの単位は一般に「mm」が使われる。しかしながら光学系は、比例拡大または比例縮小しても同等の光学性能が得られるため、これに限られるものではない。
In [variable interval data], f indicates the focal length of the entire zoom lens system, β indicates the photographing magnification, and dn (n is an integer) indicates the variable surface interval between the nth surface and the (n + 1) surface. Show. D0 indicates the distance from the object to the lens surface closest to the object. Note that W is the wide-angle end state, M is the intermediate focal length state, T is the telephoto end state, infinity is when focusing on an object at infinity, and short distance indicates when focusing on a near object.
[Conditional Expression Corresponding Value] indicates the corresponding value of each conditional expression.
Here, “mm” is generally used as the unit of the focal length f, the radius of curvature r, and other lengths described in Table 1. However, the optical system is not limited to this because an equivalent optical performance can be obtained even when proportionally enlarged or proportionally reduced.
 なお、以上に述べた表1の符号は、後述する各実施例の表においても同様に用いるものとする。 In addition, the code | symbol of Table 1 described above shall be used similarly also in the table | surface of each Example mentioned later.
 (表1)第1実施例
 [全体諸元]
W M T
f 16.48 25.21 33.95
FNO 2.83 2.83 2.83
ω 54.1 39.9 31.7
Y 21.64 21.64 21.64
TL 162.368 156.100 161.776
BF 18.068 18.076 18.058
 
 [面データ]
 面番号 r d nd νd
  物面 ∞
*1) 75.44949 2.000 1.85135 40.1
*2) 20.28508 6.283
3) 51.06676 2.000 1.90043 37.4
4) 24.72875 14.151
5) -37.47670 2.000 1.49782 82.6
6) 256.37590 0.150
7) 92.17324 6.061 2.00100 29.1
8) -101.88567 (可変)
 
*9) 49.32957 10.021 1.61492 58.4
10) -33.33841 1.500 1.61772 49.8
11) -82.04309 0.150
12) 101.37291 1.500 1.51823 58.8
13) 37.71250 (可変)
 
14) 27.89843 1.500 1.80518 25.4
15) 20.73501 12.485 1.48749 70.3
16) -35.76178 1.500 1.68893 31.2
17) -69.08870 (可変)
 
18) (絞り) ∞ 4.000 
19) -191.55206 1.500 1.74400 44.8
20) 29.63471 3.611 1.80244 25.6
*21) 65.28008 1.000
22) (FS) ∞ (可変)
 
23) 26.78513 6.812 1.49782 82.6
24) -98.18107 1.500 1.88202 37.2
*25) -107.04814 0.150
26) 135.48608 1.500 1.90043 37.4
27) 20.03626 9.030 1.49782 82.6
28) 2971.25110 (可変)
 
*29) -129.34917 5.005 1.76116 50.5
*30) -43.36071 (BF) 
  像面 ∞
 
 [レンズ群データ]
始面 焦点距離
G1 1 -26.25
G2 9 39.27
G3 18 -70.00
G4 23 93.83
G5 29 83.59
 
 [非球面データ]
  面番号:1
κ = 5.92300E-01
A4 =-2.43736E-06
A6 = 2.64717E-09
A8 =-1.54187E-12
A10= 5.99784E-16
 
  面番号:2
κ = 4.21200E-01
A4 =-6.62142E-06
A6 = 3.27522E-12
A8 =-7.76064E-12
A10= 9.08049E-15
 
  面番号:9
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 =-2.87523E-06
A6 = 2.47805E-10
A8 = 0.00000E+00
A10= 0.00000E+00
 
  面番号:21
κ = 8.46000E-01
A4 =-5.01566E-07
A6 =-1.49741E-08
A8 = 1.12108E-10
A10=-2.97302E-13
 
  面番号:25
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 1.18848E-05
A6 =-5.83406E-10
A8 = 2.65926E-11
A10=-1.81664E-13
 
  面番号:29
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 1.04301E-05
A6 =-2.89394E-08
A8 = 6.51407E-11
A10=-6.88449E-14
 
  面番号:30
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 1.61530E-05
A6 =-3.59475E-08
A8 = 7.02618E-11
A10=-6.91220E-14
 
 [可変間隔データ]
W M T W M T
無限遠 無限遠 無限遠 近距離 近距離 近距離
d 0 ∞ ∞ ∞ 110.00 116.28 110.58
β - - - -0.1212 -0.1798 -0.2542
f 16.48 25.21 33.95 - - -
d 8 29.353 9.442 0.500 34.199 14.324 5.898
d13 6.626 6.626 6.626 1.780 1.743 1.228 
d17 2.000 5.729 7.157 2.000 5.729 7.157
d22 7.842 3.616 1.500 7.842 3.616 1.500
d28 3.071 17.203 32.526 3.071 17.203 32.526 
BF 18.068 18.076 18.058 18.152 18.261 18.427
 
 [各条件式対応値]
 (1)f5/(-f1)=3.184
 (2)|m12|/fw=1.751
 (3)f5/f4=0.891
 
(Table 1) First Example [Overall Specifications]
W M T
f 16.48 25.21 33.95
FNO 2.83 2.83 2.83
ω 54.1 39.9 31.7
Y 21.64 21.64 21.64
TL 162.368 156.100 161.776
BF 18.068 18.076 18.058

[Surface data]
Surface number r d nd νd
Object ∞
* 1) 75.44949 2.000 1.85135 40.1
* 2) 20.28508 6.283
3) 51.06676 2.000 1.90043 37.4
4) 24.72875 14.151
5) -37.47670 2.000 1.49782 82.6
6) 256.37590 0.150
7) 92.17324 6.061 2.00100 29.1
8) -101.88567 (variable)

* 9) 49.32957 10.021 1.61492 58.4
10) -33.33841 1.500 1.61772 49.8
11) -82.04309 0.150
12) 101.37291 1.500 1.51823 58.8
13) 37.71250 (variable)

14) 27.89843 1.500 1.80518 25.4
15) 20.73501 12.485 1.48749 70.3
16) -35.76178 1.500 1.68893 31.2
17) -69.08870 (variable)

18) (Aperture) ∞ 4.000
19) -191.55206 1.500 1.74400 44.8
20) 29.63471 3.611 1.80244 25.6
* 21) 65.28008 1.000
22) (FS) ∞ (variable)

23) 26.78513 6.812 1.49782 82.6
24) -98.18107 1.500 1.88202 37.2
* 25) -107.04814 0.150
26) 135.48608 1.500 1.90043 37.4
27) 20.03626 9.030 1.49782 82.6
28) 2971.25110 (variable)

* 29) -129.34917 5.005 1.76116 50.5
* 30) -43.36071 (BF)
Image plane ∞

[Lens group data]
Start surface Focal length
G1 1 -26.25
G2 9 39.27
G3 18 -70.00
G4 23 93.83
G5 29 83.59

[Aspherical data]
Surface number: 1
κ = 5.92300E-01
A4 = -2.443736E-06
A6 = 2.64717E-09
A8 = -1.54187E-12
A10 = 5.99784E-16

Surface number: 2
κ = 4.21200E-01
A4 = -6.62142E-06
A6 = 3.27522E-12
A8 = -7.76064E-12
A10 = 9.08049E-15

Surface number: 9
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = -2.887523E-06
A6 = 2.47805E-10
A8 = 0.00000E + 00
A10 = 0.00000E + 00

Surface number: 21
κ = 8.46000E-01
A4 = -5.01566E-07
A6 = -1.49741E-08
A8 = 1.12108E-10
A10 = -2.97302E-13

Surface number: 25
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 1.18848E-05
A6 = -5.83406E-10
A8 = 2.65926E-11
A10 = -1.81664E-13

Surface number: 29
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 1.04301E-05
A6 = -2.889394E-08
A8 = 6.51407E-11
A10 = -6.88449E-14

Surface number: 30
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 1.61530E-05
A6 = -3.59475E-08
A8 = 7.02618E-11
A10 = -6.91220E-14

[Variable interval data]
W M T W M T
Infinity infinity infinity infinity short distance short distance short distance
d 0 ∞ ∞ ∞ 110.00 116.28 110.58
β----0.1212 -0.1798 -0.2542
f 16.48 25.21 33.95---
d 8 29.353 9.442 0.500 34.199 14.324 5.898
d13 6.626 6.626 6.626 1.780 1.743 1.228
d17 2.000 5.729 7.157 2.000 5.729 7.157
d22 7.842 3.616 1.500 7.842 3.616 1.500
d28 3.071 17.203 32.526 3.071 17.203 32.526
BF 18.068 18.076 18.058 18.152 18.261 18.427

[Values for each conditional expression]
(1) f5 / (− f1) = 3.184
(2) | m12 | /fw=1.715
(3) f5 / f4 = 0.899
 図2(a)、図2(b)、および図2(c)はそれぞれ、第1実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠物体合焦時の諸収差図である。
 図3(a)、図3(b)、および図3(c)はそれぞれ、第1実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における近距離物体合焦時の諸収差図である。
 図4(a)、図4(b)、および図4(c)はそれぞれ、第1実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における防振時のメリディオナル横収差図である。
2 (a), 2 (b), and 2 (c), respectively, are focused on an object at infinity in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the first example. FIG.
3 (a), 3 (b), and 3 (c) are respectively when a short-distance object is focused in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the first example. FIG.
4 (a), 4 (b), and 4 (c) respectively show meridional laterals during vibration isolation in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the first example. It is an aberration diagram.
 各収差図において、FNOはFナンバー、Aは光線入射角即ち半画角(単位は「°」)、NAは開口数、H0は物体高(単位:mm)をそれぞれ示す。図中のdはd線(波長λ=587.6nm)での収差曲線を示し、gはg線(波長λ=435.8nm)での収差曲線を示し、記載のないものはd線での収差曲線を示す。球面収差図では最大口径に対応するFナンバーの値を示し、非点収差図及び歪曲収差図では半画角または物体高の最大値をそれぞれ示し、横収差図では各半画角または各物体高の値を示している。非点収差図において、実線はサジタル像面、破線はメリディオナル像面をそれぞれ示す。また、横収差図は、d線およびg線に対するメリディオナル横収差を表している。なお、以下に示す各実施例の諸収差図においても、本実施例と同様の符号を用いる。 In each aberration diagram, FNO is an F number, A is a light incident angle, that is, a half angle of view (unit is “°”), NA is a numerical aperture, and H0 is an object height (unit: mm). In the figure, d indicates an aberration curve at the d-line (wavelength λ = 587.6 nm), g indicates an aberration curve at the g-line (wavelength λ = 435.8 nm), and those not described are those at the d-line. An aberration curve is shown. The spherical aberration diagram shows the F-number value corresponding to the maximum aperture, the astigmatism diagram and the distortion diagram show the maximum half field angle or object height, and the lateral aberration diagram shows each half field angle or each object height. The value of is shown. In the astigmatism diagram, the solid line indicates the sagittal image plane, and the broken line indicates the meridional image plane. The lateral aberration diagram shows meridional lateral aberration with respect to the d-line and the g-line. In addition, in the various aberration diagrams of the following examples, the same reference numerals as those of the present example are used.
 各収差図から明らかなように、第1実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態から望遠端状態に亘って諸収差が良好に補正され、また、防振時においても高い光学性能を有することがわかる。 As is clear from each aberration diagram, the zoom lens according to the first example has various aberrations well corrected from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, and has high optical performance even during image stabilization. I understand.
 (第2実施例)
 図5(a)、図5(b)、および図5(c)はそれぞれ、第2実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における断面図である。
 図5(a)中の各レンズ群の下の矢印は、広角端状態から中間焦点距離状態への変倍の際の各レンズ群の移動方向を示している。図5(b)中の各レンズ群の下の矢印は、中間焦点距離状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際の各レンズ群の移動方向を示している。
(Second embodiment)
FIGS. 5A, 5B, and 5C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 2 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 5A indicates the moving direction of each lens group upon zooming from the wide-angle end state to the intermediate focal length state. The arrow below each lens group in FIG. 5B indicates the moving direction of each lens group during zooming from the intermediate focal length state to the telephoto end state.
 図5(a)に示すように、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、負の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、正の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5とから構成されている。 As shown in FIG. 5A, the zoom lens according to the present embodiment includes a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a second lens having a positive refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis. The lens group G2 includes a third lens group G3 having a negative refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
 第1レンズ群G1は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL11と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL12と、両凹レンズL13と、両凸レンズL14とから構成されている。負メニスカスレンズL11は、物体側のレンズ面および像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The first lens group G1 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L12 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave lens L13, and a biconvex lens. L14. The negative meniscus lens L11 is an aspherical lens in which the object-side lens surface and the image-side lens surface are aspherical.
 第2レンズ群G2は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、正の屈折力を有する第2Fレンズ群G2Fと、正の屈折力を有する第2Rレンズ群G2Rとから構成されている。
 第2Fレンズ群G2Fは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、両凸レンズL21と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL22との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL23とから構成されている。両凸レンズL21は、物体側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。
 第2Rレンズ群G2Rは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL24と両凸レンズL25と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL26との接合レンズから構成されている。
The second lens group G2 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a second F lens group G2F having a positive refractive power and a second R lens group G2R having a positive refractive power.
The second F lens group G2F includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L21 and a negative meniscus lens L22 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L23 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of The biconvex lens L21 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
The second R lens group G2R includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L24 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconvex lens L25, and a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side. Has been.
 第3レンズ群G3は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、開口絞りSと、両凹レンズL31と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL32との接合レンズと、フレアカット絞りFSとから構成されている。正メニスカスレンズL32は、像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The third lens group G3 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, an aperture stop S, a cemented lens of a biconcave lens L31 and a positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a flare-cut stop FS. Has been. The positive meniscus lens L32 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric surface on the image side.
 第4レンズ群G4は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、両凸レンズL41と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL42との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL43と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL44との接合レンズとから構成されている。負メニスカスレンズL42は、像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The fourth lens group G4 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L41 and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a cemented lens with a positive meniscus lens L44 having a convex surface facing the object side. The negative meniscus lens L42 is an aspheric lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
 第5レンズ群G5は、物体側に凹面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL51から構成されている。正メニスカスレンズL51は、物体側のレンズ面および像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The fifth lens group G5 includes a positive meniscus lens L51 having a concave surface directed toward the object side. The positive meniscus lens L51 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side and a lens surface on the image side.
 像面I上には、CCDやCMOS等から構成された撮像素子(図示省略)が配置されている。 On the image plane I, an image sensor (not shown) composed of a CCD, a CMOS, or the like is disposed.
 以上の構成のもと、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との間隔は減少し、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間隔は増大し、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間隔は減少し、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との間隔は増大するように、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G4と第4レンズ群G4とが像面Iに対して光軸に沿って移動する。詳細には、変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1は一旦像面I側へ移動してから物体側へ移動し、第2レンズ群G2と第4レンズ群G4とは一体に物体側へ移動し、第3レンズ群G3は物体側へ移動し、第5レンズ群G5は像面Iに対して固定である。 With the above configuration, the zoom lens according to the present embodiment reduces the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state. The distance between the lens group G2 and the third lens group G3 increases, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 decreases, and the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 increases. Thus, the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the third lens group G4, and the fourth lens group G4 move along the optical axis with respect to the image plane I. Specifically, at the time of zooming, the first lens group G1 once moves to the image plane I side and then moves to the object side, and the second lens group G2 and the fourth lens group G4 move together to the object side. The third lens group G3 moves toward the object side, and the fifth lens group G5 is fixed with respect to the image plane I.
 開口絞りSは、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間に配置され、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第3レンズ群G3と共に移動する。 The aperture stop S is disposed between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3, and moves together with the third lens group G3 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
 また、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、第2Fレンズ群G2Fを像面I側へ移動させることにより、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦が行われる。 In the zoom lens according to the present embodiment, focusing from an infinitely distant object to a close object is performed by moving the second F lens group G2F to the image plane I side.
 また、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、第3レンズ群G3の両凹レンズL31と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL32との接合レンズを防振レンズ群として光軸と直交する方向の成分を含む方向に移動させることにより像ブレ発生時の像面補正、すなわち防振を行っている。 In addition, the zoom lens according to the present example uses a cemented lens of the biconcave lens L31 of the third lens group G3 and the positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface toward the object side as a vibration-proof lens group, and a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis. Image plane correction when image blur occurs, that is, image stabilization is performed.
 ここで、本実施例に係るズームレンズ全系の焦点距離をfとし、ブレ補正時の防振レンズ群の移動量に対する像面I上での像の移動量の比をKとするとき、角度θの回転ブレを補正するには、防振レンズ群を(f・tanθ)/Kだけ光軸と直交する方向にシフトさせれば良い。
 本実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態においては、防振係数Kは0.56であり、焦点距離は16.48(mm)(下記表2参照)であるので、0.81°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.42(mm)である。また、中間焦点距離状態においては、防振係数Kは0.70であり、焦点距離は25.21(mm)(下記表2参照)であるので、0.66°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.41(mm)である。また、望遠端状態においては、防振係数Kは0.87であり、焦点距離は33.95(mm)(下記表2参照)であるので、0.57°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.38(mm)である。
Here, when the focal length of the entire zoom lens system according to the present embodiment is f and the ratio of the moving amount of the image on the image plane I to the moving amount of the image stabilizing lens group at the time of blur correction is K, the angle In order to correct the rotational blur of θ, the anti-vibration lens group may be shifted in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis by (f · tan θ) / K.
In the zoom lens according to this example, in the wide-angle end state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.56, and the focal length is 16.48 (mm) (see Table 2 below). The amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group for correcting the rotational blur is 0.42 (mm). Further, in the intermediate focal length state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.70 and the focal length is 25.21 (mm) (see Table 2 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.66 ° is corrected. The amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.41 (mm). In the telephoto end state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.87, and the focal length is 33.95 (mm) (see Table 2 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.57 ° is corrected. The moving amount of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.38 (mm).
 以下の表2に、第2実施例に係るズームレンズの諸元値を掲げる。 Table 2 below lists specifications of the zoom lens according to the second example.
 (表2)第2実施例
 [全体諸元]
W M T
f 16.48 25.21 33.95
FNO 2.83 2.83 2.83
ω 54.0 40.0 31.8
Y 21.64 21.64 21.64
TL 162.361 156.840 162.363
BF 18.070 18.065 18.063
 
 [面データ]
 面番号 r d nd νd
  物面 ∞
 
*1) 73.22991 2.000 1.85135 40.1
*2) 19.62926 7.474
3) 61.15202 2.000 1.90043 37.4
4) 26.50584 12.785
5) -37.55896 2.000 1.49782 82.6
6) 312.93830 0.150
7) 97.61558 6.381 2.00100 29.1
8) -90.94529 (可変)
 
*9) 45.42754 8.894 1.58313 59.4
10) -33.86178 1.500 1.65160 58.6
11) -73.70296 1.496
12) 108.06528 1.500 1.51742 52.2
13) 36.32590 (可変)
 
14) 27.56863 1.500 1.84416 24.0
15) 20.91099 12.393 1.48749 70.3
16) -40.66843 1.500 1.80328 25.5
17) -63.71042 (可変)
 
18) (絞り) ∞ 3.500
19) -208.49060 1.500 1.74400 44.8
20) 26.99771 3.953 1.80244 25.6
*21) 62.64116 1.000
22) (FS) ∞ (可変)
 
23) 26.91271 7.631 1.49782 82.6
24) -57.70103 1.500 1.88202 37.2
*25) -93.99278 0.150
26) 62.42449 1.500 1.90043 37.4
27) 19.07512 7.749 1.49782 82.6
28) 83.05930 (可変)
 
*29) -135.00000 5.076 1.77250 49.5
*30) -44.25074 (BF) 
  像面 ∞
 
 [レンズ群データ]
始面 焦点距離
G1 1 -26.24
G2 9 40.29
G3 18 -70.00
G4 23 92.95
G5 29 83.19
 
 [非球面データ]
  面番号:1
κ = 7.56000E-02
A4 =-2.78471E-06
A6 = 3.86364E-09
A8 =-2.69774E-12
A10= 9.05111E-16
 
  面番号:2
κ = 1.77500E-01
A4 =-2.58137E-06
A6 = 2.51888E-09
A8 = 2.34244E-12
A10= 1.66721E-16
 
  面番号:9
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 =-2.97350E-06
A6 =-1.01164E-09
A8 = 5.03482E-12
A10=-6.96957E-15
 
  面番号:21
κ = 1.27800E+00
A4 =-2.19664E-07
A6 =-2.34247E-08
A8 = 1.80346E-10
A10=-4.74051E-13
 
  面番号:25
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 1.15418E-05
A6 = 5.82895E-09
A8 =-4.75474E-12
A10=-1.24299E-13
 
  面番号:29
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 1.07645E-05
A6 =-4.55699E-08
A8 = 1.31690E-10
A10= 1.37085E-13
 
  面番号:30
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 1.60203E-05
A6 =-5.49184E-08
A8 = 1.40358E-10
A10=-1.35750E-13
 
 [可変間隔データ]
W M T W M T
無限遠 無限遠 無限遠 近距離 近距離 近距離
d 0 ∞ ∞ ∞ 110.01 115.53 110.00
β - - - -0.1220 -0.1816 -0.2566
f 16.48 25.21 33.95 - - -
d 8 28.899 9.423 0.500 33.772 14.498 6.164
d13 6.862 6.862 6.862 1.989 1.787 1.198
d17 2.000 5.572 7.582 2.000 5.572 7.582
d22 7.082 3.510 1.500 7.082 3.510 1.500
d28 4.315 18.275 32.723 4.315 18.275 32.723
BF 18.070 18.065 18.063 18.155 18.254 18.438
 
 [各条件式対応値]
 (1)f5/(-f1)=3.171
 (2)|m12|/fw=1.723
 (3)f5/f4=0.895
 
(Table 2) Second embodiment [Overall specifications]
W M T
f 16.48 25.21 33.95
FNO 2.83 2.83 2.83
ω 54.0 40.0 31.8
Y 21.64 21.64 21.64
TL 162.361 156.840 162.363
BF 18.070 18.065 18.063

[Surface data]
Surface number r d nd νd
Object ∞

* 1) 73.22991 2.000 1.85135 40.1
* 2) 19.62926 7.474
3) 61.15202 2.000 1.90043 37.4
4) 26.50584 12.785
5) -37.55896 2.000 1.49782 82.6
6) 312.93830 0.150
7) 97.61558 6.381 2.00100 29.1
8) -90.94529 (variable)

* 9) 45.42754 8.894 1.58313 59.4
10) -33.86178 1.500 1.65160 58.6
11) -73.70296 1.496
12) 108.06528 1.500 1.51742 52.2
13) 36.32590 (variable)

14) 27.56863 1.500 1.84416 24.0
15) 20.91099 12.393 1.48749 70.3
16) -40.66843 1.500 1.80328 25.5
17) -63.71042 (variable)

18) (Aperture) ∞ 3.500
19) -208.49060 1.500 1.74400 44.8
20) 26.99771 3.953 1.80244 25.6
* 21) 62.64116 1.000
22) (FS) ∞ (variable)

23) 26.91271 7.631 1.49782 82.6
24) -57.70103 1.500 1.88202 37.2
* 25) -93.99278 0.150
26) 62.42449 1.500 1.90043 37.4
27) 19.07512 7.749 1.49782 82.6
28) 83.05930 (variable)

* 29) -135.00000 5.076 1.77250 49.5
* 30) -44.25074 (BF)
Image plane ∞

[Lens group data]
Start surface Focal length
G1 1 -26.24
G2 9 40.29
G3 18 -70.00
G4 23 92.95
G5 29 83.19

[Aspherical data]
Surface number: 1
κ = 7.56000E-02
A4 = -2.78471E-06
A6 = 3.86364E-09
A8 = -2.669774E-12
A10 = 9.05111E-16

Surface number: 2
κ = 1.77500E-01
A4 = -2.58137E-06
A6 = 2.51888E-09
A8 = 2.34244E-12
A10 = 1.66721E-16

Surface number: 9
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = -2.97350E-06
A6 = -1.01164E-09
A8 = 5.03482E-12
A10 = -6.96957E-15

Surface number: 21
κ = 1.27800E + 00
A4 = -2.19664E-07
A6 = -2.334247E-08
A8 = 1.80346E-10
A10 = -4.74051E-13

Surface number: 25
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 1.15418E-05
A6 = 5.82895E-09
A8 = -4.75474E-12
A10 = -1.24299E-13

Surface number: 29
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 1.07645E-05
A6 = -4.55699E-08
A8 = 1.31690E-10
A10 = 1.37085E-13

Surface number: 30
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 1.60203E-05
A6 = -5.49184E-08
A8 = 1.40358E-10
A10 = -1.35750E-13

[Variable interval data]
W M T W M T
Infinity infinity infinity infinity short distance short distance short distance
d 0 ∞ ∞ ∞ 110.01 115.53 110.00
β----0.1220 -0.1816 -0.2566
f 16.48 25.21 33.95---
d 8 28.899 9.423 0.500 33.772 14.498 6.164
d13 6.862 6.862 6.862 1.989 1.787 1.198
d17 2.000 5.572 7.582 2.000 5.572 7.582
d22 7.082 3.510 1.500 7.082 3.510 1.500
d28 4.315 18.275 32.723 4.315 18.275 32.723
BF 18.070 18.065 18.063 18.155 18.254 18.438

[Values for each conditional expression]
(1) f5 / (− f1) = 3.171
(2) | m12 | /fw=1.723
(3) f5 / f4 = 0.895
 図6(a)、図6(b)、および図6(c)はそれぞれ、第2実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠物体合焦時の諸収差図である。
 図7(a)、図7(b)、および図7(c)はそれぞれ、第2実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における近距離物体合焦時の諸収差図である。
 図8(a)、図8(b)、および図8(c)はそれぞれ、第2実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における防振時のメリディオナル横収差図である。
FIGS. 6 (a), 6 (b), and 6 (c) are respectively when the object at infinity is in focus in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the second example. FIG.
FIGS. 7 (a), 7 (b), and 7 (c) respectively show the zoom lens according to the second embodiment when focusing on a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state. FIG.
8 (a), 8 (b), and 8 (c) respectively show the meridional lateral at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the second example. It is an aberration diagram.
 各収差図から明らかなように、第2実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態から望遠端状態に亘って諸収差が良好に補正され、また、防振時においても高い光学性能を有することがわかる。 As is apparent from each aberration diagram, the zoom lens according to the second example has various aberrations well corrected from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, and has high optical performance even during image stabilization. I understand.
 (第3実施例)
 図9(a)、図9(b)、および図9(c)はそれぞれ、第3実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における断面図である。
 図9(a)中の各レンズ群の下の矢印は、広角端状態から中間焦点距離状態への変倍の際の各レンズ群の移動方向を示している。図9(b)中の各レンズ群の下の矢印は、中間焦点距離状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際の各レンズ群の移動方向を示している。
(Third embodiment)
FIGS. 9A, 9B, and 9C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to the third example in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 9A indicates the moving direction of each lens group during zooming from the wide-angle end state to the intermediate focal length state. An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 9B indicates the moving direction of each lens group during zooming from the intermediate focal length state to the telephoto end state.
 図9(a)に示すように、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、負の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、正の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5とから構成されている。 As shown in FIG. 9A, the zoom lens according to the present embodiment includes a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a second lens having a positive refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis. The lens group G2 includes a third lens group G3 having a negative refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
 第1レンズ群G1は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL11と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL12と、両凹レンズL13と、両凸レンズL14とから構成されている。負メニスカスレンズL11は、物体側のレンズ面および像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The first lens group G1 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L12 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave lens L13, and a biconvex lens. L14. The negative meniscus lens L11 is an aspherical lens in which the object-side lens surface and the image-side lens surface are aspherical.
 第2レンズ群G2は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、正の屈折力を有する第2Fレンズ群G2Fと、正の屈折力を有する第2Rレンズ群G2Rとから構成されている。
 第2Fレンズ群G2Fは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、両凸レンズL21と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL22との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL23とから構成されている。両凸レンズL21は、物体側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。
 第2Rレンズ群G2Rは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL24と両凸レンズL25と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL26との接合レンズから構成されている。
The second lens group G2 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a second F lens group G2F having a positive refractive power and a second R lens group G2R having a positive refractive power.
The second F lens group G2F includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L21 and a negative meniscus lens L22 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L23 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of The biconvex lens L21 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
The second R lens group G2R includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L24 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconvex lens L25, and a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side. Has been.
 第3レンズ群G3は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、開口絞りSと、両凹レンズL31と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL32との接合レンズと、フレアカット絞りFSとから構成されている。正メニスカスレンズL32は、像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The third lens group G3 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, an aperture stop S, a cemented lens of a biconcave lens L31 and a positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a flare-cut stop FS. Has been. The positive meniscus lens L32 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric surface on the image side.
 第4レンズ群G4は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、両凸レンズL41と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL42との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL43と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL44との接合レンズとから構成されている。負メニスカスレンズL42は、像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The fourth lens group G4 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L41 and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a cemented lens with a positive meniscus lens L44 having a convex surface facing the object side. The negative meniscus lens L42 is an aspheric lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
 第5レンズ群G5は、物体側に凹面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL51から構成されている。正メニスカスレンズL51は、物体側のレンズ面および像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The fifth lens group G5 includes a positive meniscus lens L51 having a concave surface directed toward the object side. The positive meniscus lens L51 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side and a lens surface on the image side.
 像面I上には、CCDやCMOS等から構成された撮像素子(図示省略)が配置されている。 On the image plane I, an image sensor (not shown) composed of a CCD, a CMOS, or the like is disposed.
 以上の構成のもと、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との間隔は減少し、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間隔は増大し、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間隔は減少し、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との間隔は増大するように、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G4と第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5とが像面Iに対して光軸に沿って移動する。詳細には、変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1は一旦像面I側へ移動してから物体側へ移動し、第2レンズ群G2と第4レンズ群G4とは一体に物体側へ移動し、第3レンズ群G3は物体側へ移動し、第5レンズ群G5は一旦物体側へ移動してから像面I側へ移動する。 With the above configuration, the zoom lens according to the present embodiment reduces the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state. The distance between the lens group G2 and the third lens group G3 increases, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 decreases, and the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 increases. Thus, the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the third lens group G4, the fourth lens group G4, and the fifth lens group G5 move along the optical axis with respect to the image plane I. Specifically, at the time of zooming, the first lens group G1 once moves to the image plane I side and then moves to the object side, and the second lens group G2 and the fourth lens group G4 move together to the object side. Then, the third lens group G3 moves to the object side, and the fifth lens group G5 once moves to the object side and then moves to the image plane I side.
 開口絞りSは、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間に配置され、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第3レンズ群G3と共に移動する。 The aperture stop S is disposed between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3, and moves together with the third lens group G3 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
 また、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、第2Fレンズ群G2Fを像面I側へ移動させることにより、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦が行われる。 In the zoom lens according to the present embodiment, focusing from an infinitely distant object to a close object is performed by moving the second F lens group G2F to the image plane I side.
 また、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、第3レンズ群G3の両凹レンズL31と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL32との接合レンズを防振レンズ群として光軸と直交する方向の成分を含む方向に移動させることにより像ブレ発生時の像面補正、すなわち防振を行っている。 In addition, the zoom lens according to the present example uses a cemented lens of the biconcave lens L31 of the third lens group G3 and the positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface toward the object side as a vibration-proof lens group, and a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis. Image plane correction when image blur occurs, that is, image stabilization is performed.
 ここで、本実施例に係るズームレンズ全系の焦点距離をfとし、ブレ補正時の防振レンズ群の移動量に対する像面I上での像の移動量の比をKとするとき、角度θの回転ブレを補正するには、防振レンズ群を(f・tanθ)/Kだけ光軸と直交する方向にシフトさせれば良い。
 本実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態においては、防振係数Kは0.56であり、焦点距離は16.48(mm)(下記表3参照)であるので、0.81°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.42(mm)である。また、中間焦点距離状態においては、防振係数Kは0.70であり、焦点距離は25.21(mm)(下記表3参照)であるので、0.66°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.41(mm)である。また、望遠端状態においては、防振係数Kは0.87であり、焦点距離は33.95(mm)(下記表3参照)であるので、0.57°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.39(mm)である。
Here, when the focal length of the entire zoom lens system according to the present embodiment is f and the ratio of the moving amount of the image on the image plane I to the moving amount of the image stabilizing lens group at the time of blur correction is K, the angle In order to correct the rotational blur of θ, the anti-vibration lens group may be shifted in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis by (f · tan θ) / K.
In the zoom lens according to this example, in the wide-angle end state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.56 and the focal length is 16.48 (mm) (see Table 3 below). The amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group for correcting the rotational blur is 0.42 (mm). Further, in the intermediate focal length state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.70 and the focal length is 25.21 (mm) (see Table 3 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.66 ° is corrected. The amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.41 (mm). In the telephoto end state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.87, and the focal length is 33.95 (mm) (see Table 3 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.57 ° is corrected. The moving amount of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.39 (mm).
 以下の表3に、第3実施例に係るズームレンズの諸元値を掲げる。 Table 3 below lists specifications of the zoom lens according to the third example.
 (表3)第3実施例
 [全体諸元]
W M T
f 16.48 25.21 33.95
FNO 2.83 2.83 2.83
ω 54.0 39.9 31.7
Y 21.64 21.64 21.64
TL 162.369 156.568 162.359
BF 18.069 18.479 18.059
 
 [面データ]
 面番号 r d nd νd
  物面 ∞
*1) 73.35843 2.000 1.85135 40.1
*2) 19.65231 7.423
3) 60.85659 2.000 1.90043 37.4
4) 26.46067 12.865
5) -37.68469 2.000 1.49782 82.6
6) 319.60622 0.150
7) 98.35638 6.315 2.00100 29.1
8) -91.84642 (可変)
 
*9) 45.12179 9.169 1.58313 59.4
10) -32.35918 1.500 1.65160 58.6
11) -70.79534 1.426
12) 116.36340 1.500 1.51742 52.2
13) 36.40999 (可変)
 
14) 27.76490 1.500 1.84500 23.9
15) 21.11208 12.352 1.48749 70.3
16) -40.48676 1.500 1.79173 26.0
17) -63.27082 (可変)
 
18) (絞り) ∞ 3.500
19) -209.12746 1.500 1.74400 44.8
20) 27.47317 3.887 1.80244 25.6
*21) 62.77212 1.000
22) (FS) ∞ (可変)
 
23) 26.82011 7.501 1.49782 82.6
24) -55.69746 1.500 1.88202 37.2
*25) -89.72149 0.150
26) 63.20031 1.500 1.90043 37.4
27) 19.07631 7.703 1.49782 82.6
28) 80.36061 (可変)
 
*29) -135.00000 5.077 1.77250 49.5
*30) -44.25947 (BF) 
  像面 ∞
 
 [レンズ群データ]
始面 焦点距離
G1 1 -26.11
G2 9 40.20
G3 18 -70.00
G4 23 93.63
G5 29 83.21
 
 [非球面データ]
  面番号:1
κ = 8.75000E-02
A4 =-2.78056E-06
A6 = 3.66529E-09
A8 =-2.32659E-12
A10= 7.29739E-16
 
  面番号:2
κ = 1.25600E-01
A4 =-1.66529E-06
A6 = 1.18889E-09
A8 = 5.12891E-12
A10=-1.72885E-16
 
  面番号:9
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 =-3.12858E-06
A6 =-1.15459E-09
A8 = 5.52871E-12
A10=-7.23502E-15
 
  面番号:21
κ = 1.36390E+00
A4 =-1.54769E-07
A6 =-2.66171E-08
A8 = 2.07963E-10
A10=-5.54299E-13
 
  面番号:25
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 1.15286E-05
A6 = 7.02471E-09
A8 =-1.60325E-11
A10=-9.68792E-14
 
  面番号:29
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 1.12240E-05
A6 =-4.41692E-08
A8 = 1.19461E-10
A10=-1.22999E-13
 
  面番号:30
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 1.62814E-05
A6 =-5.22346E-08
A8 = 1.25318E-10
A10=-1.19716E-13
 
 [可変間隔データ]
W M T W M T
無限遠 無限遠 無限遠 近距離 近距離 近距離
d 0 ∞ ∞ ∞ 110.00 115.79 110.00
β - - - -0.1221 -0.1814 -0.2567
f 16.48 25.21 33.95 - - -
d 8 28.797 9.141 0.500 33.624 14.169 6.113
d13 6.847 6.847 6.847 2.020 1.820 1.234
d17 2.000 5.812 7.792 2.000 5.812 7.792
d22 7.292 3.480 1.500 7.292 3.480 1.500
d28 4.346 17.791 32.643 4.346 17.791 32.643
BF 18.069 18.479 18.059 18.154 18.667 18.434
 
 [各条件式対応値]
 (1)f5/(-f1)=3.187
 (2)|m12|/fw=1.717
 (3)f5/f4=0.889
 
(Table 3) Third Example [Overall Specifications]
W M T
f 16.48 25.21 33.95
FNO 2.83 2.83 2.83
ω 54.0 39.9 31.7
Y 21.64 21.64 21.64
TL 162.369 156.568 162.359
BF 18.069 18.479 18.059

[Surface data]
Surface number r d nd νd
Object ∞
* 1) 73.35843 2.000 1.85135 40.1
* 2) 19.65231 7.423
3) 60.85659 2.000 1.90043 37.4
4) 26.46067 12.865
5) -37.68469 2.000 1.49782 82.6
6) 319.60622 0.150
7) 98.35638 6.315 2.00100 29.1
8) -91.84642 (variable)

* 9) 45.12179 9.169 1.58313 59.4
10) -32.35918 1.500 1.65160 58.6
11) -70.79534 1.426
12) 116.36340 1.500 1.51742 52.2
13) 36.40999 (variable)

14) 27.76490 1.500 1.84500 23.9
15) 21.11208 12.352 1.48749 70.3
16) -40.48676 1.500 1.79173 26.0
17) -63.27082 (variable)

18) (Aperture) ∞ 3.500
19) -209.12746 1.500 1.74400 44.8
20) 27.47317 3.887 1.80244 25.6
* 21) 62.77212 1.000
22) (FS) ∞ (variable)

23) 26.82011 7.501 1.49782 82.6
24) -55.69746 1.500 1.88202 37.2
* 25) -89.72149 0.150
26) 63.20031 1.500 1.90043 37.4
27) 19.07631 7.703 1.49782 82.6
28) 80.36061 (variable)

* 29) -135.00000 5.077 1.77250 49.5
* 30) -44.25947 (BF)
Image plane ∞

[Lens group data]
Start surface Focal length
G1 1 -26.11
G2 9 40.20
G3 18 -70.00
G4 23 93.63
G5 29 83.21

[Aspherical data]
Surface number: 1
κ = 8.75000E-02
A4 = -2.78056E-06
A6 = 3.66529E-09
A8 = -2.332659E-12
A10 = 7.29739E-16

Surface number: 2
κ = 1.25600E-01
A4 = -1.66529E-06
A6 = 1.18889E-09
A8 = 5.12891E-12
A10 = -1.72885E-16

Surface number: 9
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = -3.12858E-06
A6 = -1.15459E-09
A8 = 5.52871E-12
A10 = -7.23502E-15

Surface number: 21
κ = 1.36390E + 00
A4 = -1.54769E-07
A6 = -2.666171E-08
A8 = 2.07963E-10
A10 = -5.54299E-13

Surface number: 25
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 1.15286E-05
A6 = 7.02471E-09
A8 = -1.60325E-11
A10 = -9.68792E-14

Surface number: 29
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 1.12240E-05
A6 = -4.41692E-08
A8 = 1.19461E-10
A10 = -1.22999E-13

Surface number: 30
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 1.62814E-05
A6 = -5.22346E-08
A8 = 1.25318E-10
A10 = -1.19716E-13

[Variable interval data]
W M T W M T
Infinity infinity infinity infinity short distance short distance short distance
d 0 ∞ ∞ ∞ 110.00 115.79 110.00
β----0.1221 -0.1814 -0.2567
f 16.48 25.21 33.95---
d 8 28.797 9.141 0.500 33.624 14.169 6.113
d13 6.847 6.847 6.847 2.020 1.820 1.234
d17 2.000 5.812 7.792 2.000 5.812 7.792
d22 7.292 3.480 1.500 7.292 3.480 1.500
d28 4.346 17.791 32.643 4.346 17.791 32.643
BF 18.069 18.479 18.059 18.154 18.667 18.434

[Values for each conditional expression]
(1) f5 / (− f1) = 3.187
(2) | m12 | /fw=1.717
(3) f5 / f4 = 0.889
 図10(a)、図10(b)、および図10(c)はそれぞれ、第3実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠物体合焦時の諸収差図である。
 図11(a)、図11(b)、および図11(c)はそれぞれ、第3実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における近距離物体合焦時の諸収差図である。
 図12(a)、図12(b)、および図12(c)はそれぞれ、第3実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における防振時のメリディオナル横収差図である。
10 (a), 10 (b), and 10 (c), respectively, are shown when an object at infinity is in focus in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the third example. FIG.
11 (a), 11 (b), and 11 (c), respectively, are those when focusing on a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the third example. FIG.
12 (a), 12 (b), and 12 (c) respectively show meridional laterals during image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 3. It is an aberration diagram.
 各収差図から明らかなように、第3実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態から望遠端状態に亘って諸収差が良好に補正され、また、防振時においても高い光学性能を有することがわかる。 As is apparent from each aberration diagram, the zoom lens according to the third example has various aberrations well corrected from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, and has high optical performance even during image stabilization. I understand.
 (第4実施例)
 図13(a)、図13(b)、および図13(c)はそれぞれ、第4実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における断面図である。
 図13(a)中の各レンズ群の下の矢印は、広角端状態から中間焦点距離状態への変倍の際の各レンズ群の移動方向を示している。図13(b)中の各レンズ群の下の矢印は、中間焦点距離状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際の各レンズ群の移動方向を示している。
(Fourth embodiment)
FIGS. 13A, 13B, and 13C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to the fourth example in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 13A indicates the moving direction of each lens group during zooming from the wide-angle end state to the intermediate focal length state. The arrow below each lens group in FIG. 13B indicates the moving direction of each lens group during zooming from the intermediate focal length state to the telephoto end state.
 図13(a)に示すように、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、負の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、正の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5とから構成されている。 As shown in FIG. 13A, the zoom lens according to the present embodiment includes a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a second lens having a positive refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis. The lens group G2 includes a third lens group G3 having a negative refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
 第1レンズ群G1は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL11と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL12と、両凹レンズL13と、両凸レンズL14とから構成されている。負メニスカスレンズL11は、物体側のレンズ面および像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The first lens group G1 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L12 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave lens L13, and a biconvex lens. L14. The negative meniscus lens L11 is an aspherical lens in which the object-side lens surface and the image-side lens surface are aspherical.
 第2レンズ群G2は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、正の屈折力を有する第2Fレンズ群G2Fと、正の屈折力を有する第2Rレンズ群G2Rとから構成されている。
 第2Fレンズ群G2Fは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、両凸レンズL21と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL22との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL23とから構成されている。両凸レンズL21は、物体側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。
 第2Rレンズ群G2Rは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL24と両凸レンズL25と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL26との接合レンズから構成されている。
The second lens group G2 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a second F lens group G2F having a positive refractive power and a second R lens group G2R having a positive refractive power.
The second F lens group G2F includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L21 and a negative meniscus lens L22 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L23 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of The biconvex lens L21 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
The second R lens group G2R includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L24 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconvex lens L25, and a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side. Has been.
 第3レンズ群G3は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、開口絞りSと、両凹レンズL31と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL32との接合レンズと、フレアカット絞りFSとから構成されている。正メニスカスレンズL32は、像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The third lens group G3 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, an aperture stop S, a cemented lens of a biconcave lens L31 and a positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a flare-cut stop FS. Has been. The positive meniscus lens L32 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric surface on the image side.
 第4レンズ群G4は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、両凸レンズL41と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL42との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL43と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL44との接合レンズとから構成されている。負メニスカスレンズL42は、像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The fourth lens group G4 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L41 and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a cemented lens with a positive meniscus lens L44 having a convex surface facing the object side. The negative meniscus lens L42 is an aspheric lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
 第5レンズ群G5は、物体側に凹面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL51から構成されている。正メニスカスレンズL51は、物体側のレンズ面および像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The fifth lens group G5 includes a positive meniscus lens L51 having a concave surface directed toward the object side. The positive meniscus lens L51 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side and a lens surface on the image side.
 像面I上には、CCDやCMOS等から構成された撮像素子(図示省略)が配置されている。 On the image plane I, an image sensor (not shown) composed of a CCD, a CMOS, or the like is disposed.
 以上の構成のもと、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との間隔は減少し、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間隔は増大し、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間隔は減少し、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との間隔は増大するように、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G4と第4レンズ群G4とが像面Iに対して光軸に沿って移動する。詳細には、変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1は一旦像面I側へ移動してから物体側へ移動し、第2レンズ群G2と第4レンズ群G4とは一体に物体側へ移動し、第3レンズ群G3は物体側へ移動し、第5レンズ群G5は像面Iに対して固定である。 With the above configuration, the zoom lens according to the present embodiment reduces the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state. The distance between the lens group G2 and the third lens group G3 increases, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 decreases, and the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 increases. Thus, the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the third lens group G4, and the fourth lens group G4 move along the optical axis with respect to the image plane I. Specifically, at the time of zooming, the first lens group G1 once moves to the image plane I side and then moves to the object side, and the second lens group G2 and the fourth lens group G4 move together to the object side. The third lens group G3 moves toward the object side, and the fifth lens group G5 is fixed with respect to the image plane I.
 開口絞りSは、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間に配置され、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第3レンズ群G3と共に移動する。 The aperture stop S is disposed between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3, and moves together with the third lens group G3 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
 また、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、第2Fレンズ群G2Fを像面I側へ移動させることにより、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦が行われる。 In the zoom lens according to the present embodiment, focusing from an infinitely distant object to a close object is performed by moving the second F lens group G2F to the image plane I side.
 また、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、第3レンズ群G3の両凹レンズL31と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL32との接合レンズを防振レンズ群として光軸と直交する方向の成分を含む方向に移動させることにより像ブレ発生時の像面補正、すなわち防振を行っている。 In addition, the zoom lens according to the present example uses a cemented lens of the biconcave lens L31 of the third lens group G3 and the positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface toward the object side as a vibration-proof lens group, and a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis. Image plane correction when image blur occurs, that is, image stabilization is performed.
 ここで、本実施例に係るズームレンズ全系の焦点距離をfとし、ブレ補正時の防振レンズ群の移動量に対する像面I上での像の移動量の比をKとするとき、角度θの回転ブレを補正するには、防振レンズ群を(f・tanθ)/Kだけ光軸と直交する方向にシフトさせれば良い。
 本実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態においては、防振係数Kは0.81であり、焦点距離は18.54(mm)(下記表4参照)であるので、0.77°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.30(mm)である。また、中間焦点距離状態においては、防振係数Kは1.00であり、焦点距離は25.21(mm)(下記表4参照)であるので、0.66°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.29(mm)である。また、望遠端状態においては、防振係数Kは1.26であり、焦点距離は33.95(mm)(下記表4参照)であるので、0.57°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.27(mm)である。
Here, when the focal length of the entire zoom lens system according to the present embodiment is f and the ratio of the moving amount of the image on the image plane I to the moving amount of the image stabilizing lens group at the time of blur correction is K, the angle In order to correct the rotational blur of θ, the anti-vibration lens group may be shifted in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis by (f · tan θ) / K.
In the zoom lens according to this example, in the wide-angle end state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.81, and the focal length is 18.54 (mm) (see Table 4 below). The amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group for correcting the rotational blur is 0.30 (mm). Further, in the intermediate focal length state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.00 and the focal length is 25.21 (mm) (see Table 4 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.66 ° is corrected. The amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.29 (mm). Further, in the telephoto end state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.26, and the focal length is 33.95 (mm) (see Table 4 below), so that a rotational blur of 0.57 ° is corrected. The moving amount of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.27 (mm).
 以下の表4に、第4実施例に係るズームレンズの諸元値を掲げる。 Table 4 below lists specifications of the zoom lens according to the fourth example.
 (表4)第4実施例
 [全体諸元]
W M T
f 18.54 25.21 33.95
FNO 2.83 2.83 2.83
ω 49.9 40.1 31.7
Y 21.64 21.64 21.64
TL 160.545 157.622 162.364
BF 18.069 18.074 18.064
 
 [面データ]
 面番号 r d nd νd
  物面 ∞
*1) 64.13853 2.000 1.82080 42.7
*2) 20.52237 7.450
3) 42.79628 2.000 1.84300 37.4
4) 23.01367 14.005
5) -42.12649 2.000 1.49782 82.6
6) 60.80104 0.150
7) 55.48158 6.486 2.00100 29.1
8) -197.93506 (可変)
 
*9) 46.12318 12.702 1.58313 59.4
10) -26.66064 1.500 1.61772 49.8
11) -71.59323 0.150
12) 68.72530 1.500 1.51742 52.2
13) 35.19343 (可変)
 
14) 27.39712 1.500 1.84666 23.8
15) 20.26274 11.974 1.48749 70.3
16) -34.96195 1.500 1.80000 25.6
17) -55.58525 (可変)
 
18) (絞り) ∞ 4.000
19) -144.55027 1.500 1.74400 44.8
20) 20.23731 4.012 1.80244 25.6
*21) 40.54944 1.000
22) (FS) ∞ (可変)
 
23) 29.62933 6.997 1.49782 82.6
24) -75.50908 1.500 1.88202 37.2
*25) -112.41227 0.150
26) 34.10106 1.500 1.90043 37.4
27) 19.08383 7.811 1.49782 82.6
28) 56.03390 (可変)
 
*29) -135.00000 4.569 1.77250 49.5
*30) -51.50452 (BF) 
  像面 ∞
 
 [レンズ群データ]
始面 焦点距離
G1 1 -26.00
G2 9 38.17
G3 18 -45.00
G4 23 54.97
G5 29 105.29
 
 [非球面データ]
  面番号:1
κ = 1.97190E+00
A4 =-3.80899E-06
A6 = 3.65826E-09
A8 =-2.38771E-12
A10= 7.43869E-16
 
  面番号:2
κ = 8.82000E-02
A4 =-1.21936E-06
A6 = 2.60285E-09
A8 = 9.42881E-13
A10= 3.22230E-15
 
  面番号:9
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 =-3.25645E-06
A6 = 5.35394E-10
A8 = 0.00000E+00
A10= 0.00000E+00
 
  面番号:21
κ = 4.59700E-01
A4 =-1.02727E-06
A6 =-1.01707E-08
A8 = 9.24484E-11
A10=-2.40570E-13
 
  面番号:25
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 9.28617E-06
A6 = 1.98222E-09
A8 = 3.47233E-11
A10=-1.62414E-13
 
  面番号:29
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 8.29178E-06
A6 =-3.50865E-08
A8 = 1.26307E-10
A10=-1.60070E-13
 
  面番号:30
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 1.30379E-05
A6 =-4.40208E-08
A8 = 1.33306E-10
A10=-1.56261E-13
 
 [可変間隔データ]
W M T W M T
無限遠 無限遠 無限遠 近距離 近距離 近距離
d 0 ∞ ∞ ∞ 111.82 114.75 110.00
β - - - -0.1327 -0.1788 -0.2514
f 18.54 25.21 33.95 - - -
d 8 22.618 9.438 0.500 27.248 14.104 5.591
d13 8.395 8.395 8.395 3.766 3.729 3.304
d17 3.500 5.288 6.734 3.500 5.288 6.734
d22 4.734 2.946 1.500 4.734 2.946 1.500
d28 5.273 15.525 29.215 5.273 15.525 29.215
BF 18.069 18.074 18.064 18.169 18.256 18.424
 
 [各条件式対応値]
 (1)f5/(-f1)=4.050
 (2)|m12|/fw=1.193
 (3)f5/f4=1.915
 
(Table 4) Fourth Example [Overall Specifications]
W M T
f 18.54 25.21 33.95
FNO 2.83 2.83 2.83
ω 49.9 40.1 31.7
Y 21.64 21.64 21.64
TL 160.545 157.622 162.364
BF 18.069 18.074 18.064

[Surface data]
Surface number r d nd νd
Object ∞
* 1) 64.13853 2.000 1.82080 42.7
* 2) 20.52237 7.450
3) 42.79628 2.000 1.84300 37.4
4) 23.01367 14.005
5) -42.12649 2.000 1.49782 82.6
6) 60.80104 0.150
7) 55.48158 6.486 2.00100 29.1
8) -197.93506 (variable)

* 9) 46.12318 12.702 1.58313 59.4
10) -26.66064 1.500 1.61772 49.8
11) -71.59323 0.150
12) 68.72530 1.500 1.51742 52.2
13) 35.19343 (variable)

14) 27.39712 1.500 1.84666 23.8
15) 20.26274 11.974 1.48749 70.3
16) -34.96195 1.500 1.80000 25.6
17) -55.58525 (variable)

18) (Aperture) ∞ 4.000
19) -144.55027 1.500 1.74400 44.8
20) 20.23731 4.012 1.80244 25.6
* 21) 40.54944 1.000
22) (FS) ∞ (variable)

23) 29.62933 6.997 1.49782 82.6
24) -75.50908 1.500 1.88202 37.2
* 25) -112.41227 0.150
26) 34.10106 1.500 1.90043 37.4
27) 19.08383 7.811 1.49782 82.6
28) 56.03390 (variable)

* 29) -135.00000 4.569 1.77250 49.5
* 30) -51.50452 (BF)
Image plane ∞

[Lens group data]
Start surface Focal length
G1 1 -26.00
G2 9 38.17
G3 18 -45.00
G4 23 54.97
G5 29 105.29

[Aspherical data]
Surface number: 1
κ = 1.97190E + 00
A4 = -3.80899E-06
A6 = 3.65826E-09
A8 = -2.38771E-12
A10 = 7.43869E-16

Surface number: 2
κ = 8.82000E-02
A4 = -1.21936E-06
A6 = 2.60285E-09
A8 = 9.42881E-13
A10 = 3.22230E-15

Surface number: 9
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = -3.25645E-06
A6 = 5.35394E-10
A8 = 0.00000E + 00
A10 = 0.00000E + 00

Surface number: 21
κ = 4.59700E-01
A4 = -1.02727E-06
A6 = -1.01707E-08
A8 = 9.24484E-11
A10 = -2.40570E-13

Surface number: 25
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 9.28617E-06
A6 = 1.98222E-09
A8 = 3.47233E-11
A10 = -1.62414E-13

Surface number: 29
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 8.29178E-06
A6 = -3.50865E-08
A8 = 1.26307E-10
A10 = -1.60070E-13

Surface number: 30
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 1.30379E-05
A6 = -4.40208E-08
A8 = 1.33306E-10
A10 = -1.56261E-13

[Variable interval data]
W M T W M T
Infinity infinity infinity infinity short distance short distance short distance
d 0 ∞ ∞ ∞ 111.82 114.75 110.00
β----0.1327 -0.1788 -0.2514
f 18.54 25.21 33.95---
d 8 22.618 9.438 0.500 27.248 14.104 5.591
d13 8.395 8.395 8.395 3.766 3.729 3.304
d17 3.500 5.288 6.734 3.500 5.288 6.734
d22 4.734 2.946 1.500 4.734 2.946 1.500
d28 5.273 15.525 29.215 5.273 15.525 29.215
BF 18.069 18.074 18.064 18.169 18.256 18.424

[Values for each conditional expression]
(1) f5 / (− f1) = 4.050
(2) | m12 | /fw=1.193
(3) f5 / f4 = 1.915
 図14(a)、図14(b)、および図14(c)はそれぞれ、第4実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠物体合焦時の諸収差図である。
 図15(a)、図15(b)、および図15(c)はそれぞれ、第4実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における近距離物体合焦時の諸収差図である。
 図16(a)、図16(b)、および図16(c)はそれぞれ、第4実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における防振時のメリディオナル横収差図である。
FIGS. 14 (a), 14 (b), and 14 (c) respectively show a zoom lens according to the fourth example when focusing on an object at infinity in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state. FIG.
15 (a), 15 (b), and 15 (c), respectively, are those when focusing on a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 4. FIG.
16 (a), 16 (b), and 16 (c) respectively show the meridional horizontal at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the fourth example. It is an aberration diagram.
 各収差図から明らかなように、第4実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態から望遠端状態に亘って諸収差が良好に補正され、また、防振時においても高い光学性能を有することがわかる。 As is apparent from the respective aberration diagrams, the zoom lens according to the fourth example has various aberrations well corrected from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, and has high optical performance even during image stabilization. I understand.
 (第5実施例)
 図17(a)、図17(b)、および図17(c)はそれぞれ、第5実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における断面図である。
 図17(a)中の各レンズ群の下の矢印は、広角端状態から中間焦点距離状態への変倍の際の各レンズ群の移動方向を示している。図17(b)中の各レンズ群の下の矢印は、中間焦点距離状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際の各レンズ群の移動方向を示している。
(5th Example)
FIGS. 17A, 17B, and 17C are sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 5 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 17A indicates the moving direction of each lens group upon zooming from the wide-angle end state to the intermediate focal length state. An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 17B indicates the moving direction of each lens group during zooming from the intermediate focal length state to the telephoto end state.
 図17(a)に示すように、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、負の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、正の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5とから構成されている。 As shown in FIG. 17A, the zoom lens according to the present embodiment includes a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a second lens having a positive refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis. The lens group G2 includes a third lens group G3 having a negative refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
 第1レンズ群G1は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL11と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL12と、両凹レンズL13と、両凸レンズL14とから構成されている。負メニスカスレンズL11は、物体側のレンズ面および像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The first lens group G1 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L12 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave lens L13, and a biconvex lens. L14. The negative meniscus lens L11 is an aspherical lens in which the object-side lens surface and the image-side lens surface are aspherical.
 第2レンズ群G2は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、正の屈折力を有する第2Fレンズ群G2Fと、正の屈折力を有する第2Rレンズ群G2Rとから構成されている。
 第2Fレンズ群G2Fは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、両凸レンズL21と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL22との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL23とから構成されている。両凸レンズL21は、物体側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。
 第2Rレンズ群G2Rは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL24と両凸レンズL25と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL26との接合レンズから構成されている。
The second lens group G2 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a second F lens group G2F having a positive refractive power and a second R lens group G2R having a positive refractive power.
The second F lens group G2F includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L21 and a negative meniscus lens L22 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L23 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of The biconvex lens L21 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
The second R lens group G2R includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L24 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconvex lens L25, and a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side. Has been.
 第3レンズ群G3は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、開口絞りSと、両凹レンズL31と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL32との接合レンズと、フレアカット絞りFSとから構成されている。正メニスカスレンズL32は、像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The third lens group G3 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, an aperture stop S, a cemented lens of a biconcave lens L31 and a positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a flare-cut stop FS. Has been. The positive meniscus lens L32 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric surface on the image side.
 第4レンズ群G4は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、両凸レンズL41と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL42との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL43と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL44との接合レンズとから構成されている。負メニスカスレンズL42は、像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The fourth lens group G4 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L41 and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a cemented lens with a positive meniscus lens L44 having a convex surface facing the object side. The negative meniscus lens L42 is an aspheric lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
 第5レンズ群G5は、物体側に凹面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL51から構成されている。正メニスカスレンズL51は、物体側のレンズ面および像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The fifth lens group G5 includes a positive meniscus lens L51 having a concave surface directed toward the object side. The positive meniscus lens L51 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side and a lens surface on the image side.
 像面I上には、CCDやCMOS等から構成された撮像素子(図示省略)が配置されている。 On the image plane I, an image sensor (not shown) composed of a CCD, a CMOS, or the like is disposed.
 以上の構成のもと、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との間隔は減少し、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間隔は増大し、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間隔は減少し、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との間隔は増大するように、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G4と第4レンズ群G4とが像面Iに対して光軸に沿って移動する。詳細には、変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1は一旦像面I側へ移動してから物体側へ移動し、第2レンズ群G2と第4レンズ群G4とは一体に物体側へ移動し、第3レンズ群G3は物体側へ移動し、第5レンズ群G5は像面Iに対して固定である。 With the above configuration, the zoom lens according to the present embodiment reduces the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state. The distance between the lens group G2 and the third lens group G3 increases, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 decreases, and the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 increases. Thus, the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the third lens group G4, and the fourth lens group G4 move along the optical axis with respect to the image plane I. Specifically, at the time of zooming, the first lens group G1 once moves to the image plane I side and then moves to the object side, and the second lens group G2 and the fourth lens group G4 move together to the object side. The third lens group G3 moves toward the object side, and the fifth lens group G5 is fixed with respect to the image plane I.
 開口絞りSは、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間に配置され、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第3レンズ群G3と共に移動する。 The aperture stop S is disposed between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3, and moves together with the third lens group G3 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
 また、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、第2Fレンズ群G2Fを像面I側へ移動させることにより、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦が行われる。 In the zoom lens according to the present embodiment, focusing from an infinitely distant object to a close object is performed by moving the second F lens group G2F to the image plane I side.
 また、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、第3レンズ群G3の両凹レンズL31と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL32との接合レンズを防振レンズ群として光軸と直交する方向の成分を含む方向に移動させることにより像ブレ発生時の像面補正、すなわち防振を行っている。 In addition, the zoom lens according to the present example uses a cemented lens of the biconcave lens L31 of the third lens group G3 and the positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface toward the object side as a vibration-proof lens group, and a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis. Image plane correction when image blur occurs, that is, image stabilization is performed.
 ここで、本実施例に係るズームレンズ全系の焦点距離をfとし、ブレ補正時の防振レンズ群の移動量に対する像面I上での像の移動量の比をKとするとき、角度θの回転ブレを補正するには、防振レンズ群を(f・tanθ)/Kだけ光軸と直交する方向にシフトさせれば良い。
 本実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態においては、防振係数Kは0.47であり、焦点距離は15.45(mm)(下記表5参照)であるので、0.84°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.48(mm)である。また、中間焦点距離状態においては、防振係数Kは0.61であり、焦点距離は25.21(mm)(下記表5参照)であるので、0.66°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.48(mm)である。また、望遠端状態においては、防振係数Kは0.76であり、焦点距離は33.95(mm)(下記表5参照)であるので、0.57°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.44(mm)である。
Here, when the focal length of the entire zoom lens system according to the present embodiment is f and the ratio of the moving amount of the image on the image plane I to the moving amount of the image stabilizing lens group at the time of blur correction is K, the angle In order to correct the rotational blur of θ, the anti-vibration lens group may be shifted in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis by (f · tan θ) / K.
In the zoom lens according to the present example, in the wide-angle end state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.47 and the focal length is 15.45 (mm) (see Table 5 below). The amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group for correcting the rotation blur is 0.48 (mm). Further, in the intermediate focal length state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.61, and the focal length is 25.21 (mm) (see Table 5 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.66 ° is corrected. The amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.48 (mm). In the telephoto end state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.76, and the focal length is 33.95 (mm) (see Table 5 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.57 ° is corrected. The moving amount of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.44 (mm).
 以下の表5に、第5実施例に係るズームレンズの諸元値を掲げる。 Table 5 below lists specifications of the zoom lens according to the fifth example.
 (表5)第5実施例
 [全体諸元]
W M T
f 15.45 25.21 33.95
FNO 2.83 2.83 2.83
ω 56.2 40.0 31.8
Y 21.64 21.64 21.64
TL 168.787 161.395 167.660
BF 18.067 18.070 18.058
 
 [面データ]
 面番号 r d nd νd
  物面 ∞
*1) 84.32721 2.000 1.82080 42.7
*2) 22.42250 6.533
3) 40.43903 2.000 1.90043 37.4
4) 22.79897 18.443
5) -36.72174 2.000 1.49782 82.6
6) 108.66132 0.150
7) 86.07473 6.091 2.00100 29.1
8) -113.52466 (可変)
 
*9) 56.20536 8.334 1.58313 59.4
10) -34.82724 1.500 1.62896 51.8
11) -62.67282 0.150
12) 1521.91690 1.500 1.51742 52.2
13) 63.48881 (可変)
 
14) 32.18721 1.500 1.83207 24.9
15) 23.97842 11.952 1.48749 70.3
16) -42.36534 1.500 1.79889 25.4
17) -64.06791 (可変)
 
18) (絞り) ∞ 4.000
19) -402.90754 1.500 1.74400 44.8
20) 29.51707 4.016 1.80244 25.6
*21) 67.51202 1.000
22) (FS) ∞ (可変)
 
23) 30.01453 8.025 1.49782 82.6
24) -48.32228 1.500 1.88202 37.2
*25) -80.74589 0.150
26) 73.99805 1.500 1.90043 37.4
27) 19.28578 8.991 1.49782 82.6
28) 131.61654 (可変)
 
*29) -135.00000 5.020 1.77250 49.5
*30) -45.90440 (BF) 
  像面 ∞
 
 [レンズ群データ]
始面 焦点距離
G1 1 -26.00
G2 9 40.61
G3 18 -85.00
G4 23 113.40
G5 29 87.88
 
 [非球面データ]
  面番号:1
κ = 1.07450E+00
A4 =-1.57852E-06
A6 = 2.55869E-09
A8 =-1.24755E-12
A10= 2.99043E-16
 
  面番号:2
κ = 2.82500E-01
A4 =-5.25879E-06
A6 = 2.99379E-09
A8 =-1.07006E-13
A10= 2.38338E-15
 
  面番号:9
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 =-3.44380E-06
A6 = 6.36234E-10
A8 = 0.00000E+00
A10= 0.00000E+00
 
  面番号:21
κ = 5.97700E-01
A4 =-1.14555E-08
A6 =-6.90561E-09
A8 = 2.24606E-11
A10=-2.11799E-15
 
  面番号:25
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 8.46457E-06
A6 =-1.83245E-09
A8 = 1.13124E-11
A10=-6.67256E-14
 
  面番号:29
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 1.35371E-05
A6 =-4.85133E-08
A8 = 1.04081E-10
A10=-9.31604E-14
 
  面番号:30
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 2.00382E-05
A6 =-5.78531E-08
A8 = 1.07159E-10
A10=-8.91147E-14
 
 [可変間隔データ]
W M T W M T
無限遠 無限遠 無限遠 近距離 近距離 近距離
d 0 ∞ ∞ ∞ 103.58 110.97 104.70
β - - - -0.1177 -0.1847 -0.2625
f 15.45 25.21 33.95 - - -
d 8 32.660 9.394 0.500 37.602 14.284 5.903
d13 6.126 6.126 6.126 1.184 1.237 0.724
d17 1.500 5.658 7.190 1.500 5.658 7.190
d22 7.190 3.032 1.500 7.190 3.032 1.500
d28 3.889 19.760 34.930 3.889 19.760 34.930
BF 18.067 18.070 18.058 18.146 18.265 18.451
 
 [各条件式対応値]
 (1)f5/(-f1)=3.380
 (2)|m12|/fw=2.082
 (3)f5/f4=0.775
 
(Table 5) Fifth embodiment [Overall specifications]
W M T
f 15.45 25.21 33.95
FNO 2.83 2.83 2.83
ω 56.2 40.0 31.8
Y 21.64 21.64 21.64
TL 168.787 161.395 167.660
BF 18.067 18.070 18.058

[Surface data]
Surface number r d nd νd
Object ∞
* 1) 84.32721 2.000 1.82080 42.7
* 2) 22.42250 6.533
3) 40.43903 2.000 1.90043 37.4
4) 22.79897 18.443
5) -36.72174 2.000 1.49782 82.6
6) 108.66132 0.150
7) 86.07473 6.091 2.00100 29.1
8) -113.52466 (variable)

* 9) 56.20536 8.334 1.58313 59.4
10) -34.82724 1.500 1.62896 51.8
11) -62.67282 0.150
12) 1521.91690 1.500 1.51742 52.2
13) 63.48881 (variable)

14) 32.18721 1.500 1.83207 24.9
15) 23.97842 11.952 1.48749 70.3
16) -42.36534 1.500 1.79889 25.4
17) -64.06791 (variable)

18) (Aperture) ∞ 4.000
19) -402.90754 1.500 1.74400 44.8
20) 29.51707 4.016 1.80244 25.6
* 21) 67.51202 1.000
22) (FS) ∞ (variable)

23) 30.01453 8.025 1.49782 82.6
24) -48.32228 1.500 1.88202 37.2
* 25) -80.74589 0.150
26) 73.99805 1.500 1.90043 37.4
27) 19.28578 8.991 1.49782 82.6
28) 131.61654 (variable)

* 29) -135.00000 5.020 1.77250 49.5
* 30) -45.90440 (BF)
Image plane ∞

[Lens group data]
Start surface Focal length
G1 1 -26.00
G2 9 40.61
G3 18 -85.00
G4 23 113.40
G5 29 87.88

[Aspherical data]
Surface number: 1
κ = 1.07450E + 00
A4 = -1.57852E-06
A6 = 2.55869E-09
A8 = -1.24755E-12
A10 = 2.99043E-16

Surface number: 2
κ = 2.82500E-01
A4 = -5.25879E-06
A6 = 2.99379E-09
A8 = -1.07006E-13
A10 = 2.38338E-15

Surface number: 9
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = -3.444380E-06
A6 = 6.36234E-10
A8 = 0.00000E + 00
A10 = 0.00000E + 00

Surface number: 21
κ = 5.97700E-01
A4 = -1.14555E-08
A6 = -6.90561E-09
A8 = 2.24606E-11
A10 = -2.11799E-15

Surface number: 25
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 8.46457E-06
A6 = -1.83245E-09
A8 = 1.13124E-11
A10 = -6.67256E-14

Surface number: 29
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 1.35371E-05
A6 = -4.85133E-08
A8 = 1.04081E-10
A10 = -9.31604E-14

Surface number: 30
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 2.00382E-05
A6 = -5.78531E-08
A8 = 1.07159E-10
A10 = -8.91147E-14

[Variable interval data]
W M T W M T
Infinity infinity infinity infinity short distance short distance short distance
d 0 ∞ ∞ ∞ 103.58 110.97 104.70
β----0.1177 -0.1847 -0.2625
f 15.45 25.21 33.95---
d 8 32.660 9.394 0.500 37.602 14.284 5.903
d13 6.126 6.126 6.126 1.184 1.237 0.724
d17 1.500 5.658 7.190 1.500 5.658 7.190
d22 7.190 3.032 1.500 7.190 3.032 1.500
d28 3.889 19.760 34.930 3.889 19.760 34.930
BF 18.067 18.070 18.058 18.146 18.265 18.451

[Values for each conditional expression]
(1) f5 / (-f1) = 3.380
(2) | m12 | /fw=2.082
(3) f5 / f4 = 0.775
 図18(a)、図18(b)、および図18(c)はそれぞれ、第5実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠物体合焦時の諸収差図である。
 図19(a)、図19(b)、および図19(c)はそれぞれ、第5実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における近距離物体合焦時の諸収差図である。
 図20(a)、図20(b)、および図20(c)はそれぞれ、第5実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における防振時のメリディオナル横収差図である。
18 (a), 18 (b), and 18 (c), respectively, are shown when an object at infinity is in focus in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 5. FIG.
19 (a), 19 (b), and 19 (c) are respectively when a short-distance object is focused in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 5. FIG.
20 (a), 20 (b), and 20 (c) respectively show the meridional lateral at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 5. It is an aberration diagram.
 各収差図から明らかなように、第5実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態から望遠端状態に亘って諸収差が良好に補正され、また、防振時においても高い光学性能を有することがわかる。 As is clear from the respective aberration diagrams, the zoom lens according to Example 5 has various aberrations corrected well from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, and has high optical performance even during image stabilization. I understand.
 (第6実施例)
 図21(a)、図21(b)、および図21(c)はそれぞれ、第6実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における断面図である。
 図21(a)中の各レンズ群の下の矢印は、広角端状態から中間焦点距離状態への変倍の際の各レンズ群の移動方向を示している。図21(b)中の各レンズ群の下の矢印は、中間焦点距離状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際の各レンズ群の移動方向を示している。
(Sixth embodiment)
FIGS. 21A, 21B, and 21C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 6 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 21A indicates the moving direction of each lens group upon zooming from the wide-angle end state to the intermediate focal length state. An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 21B indicates the moving direction of each lens group upon zooming from the intermediate focal length state to the telephoto end state.
 図21(a)に示すように、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、負の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、正の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5とから構成されている。 As shown in FIG. 21A, the zoom lens according to the present example includes a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a second lens having a positive refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis. The lens group G2 includes a third lens group G3 having a negative refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
 第1レンズ群G1は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL11と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL12と、両凹レンズL13と、両凸レンズL14とから構成されている。負メニスカスレンズL11は、物体側のレンズ面および像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。負メニスカスレンズL12は、像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The first lens group G1 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L12 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave lens L13, and a biconvex lens. L14. The negative meniscus lens L11 is an aspherical lens in which the object-side lens surface and the image-side lens surface are aspherical. The negative meniscus lens L12 is an aspherical lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
 第2レンズ群G2は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、正の屈折力を有する第2Fレンズ群G2Fと、正の屈折力を有する第2Rレンズ群G2Rとから構成されている。
 第2Fレンズ群G2Fは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、両凸レンズL21と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL22との接合レンズと、両凹レンズL23とから構成されている。両凸レンズL21は、物体側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。
 第2Rレンズ群G2Rは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL24と両凸レンズL25と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL26との接合レンズから構成されている。負メニスカスレンズL24は、物体側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。
The second lens group G2 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a second F lens group G2F having a positive refractive power and a second R lens group G2R having a positive refractive power.
The second F lens group G2F includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L21 and a negative meniscus lens L22 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a biconcave lens L23. The biconvex lens L21 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
The second R lens group G2R includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L24 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconvex lens L25, and a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side. Has been. The negative meniscus lens L24 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
 第3レンズ群G3は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、開口絞りSと、両凹レンズL31と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL32との接合レンズと、フレアカット絞りFSとから構成されている。 The third lens group G3 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, an aperture stop S, a cemented lens of a biconcave lens L31 and a positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a flare-cut stop FS. Has been.
 第4レンズ群G4は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、両凸レンズL41と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL42との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL43と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL44との接合レンズとから構成されている。負メニスカスレンズL42は、像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The fourth lens group G4 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L41 and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a cemented lens with a positive meniscus lens L44 having a convex surface facing the object side. The negative meniscus lens L42 is an aspheric lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
 第5レンズ群G5は、物体側に凹面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL51から構成されている。正メニスカスレンズL51は、物体側のレンズ面および像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The fifth lens group G5 includes a positive meniscus lens L51 having a concave surface directed toward the object side. The positive meniscus lens L51 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side and a lens surface on the image side.
 像面I上には、CCDやCMOS等から構成された撮像素子(図示省略)が配置されている。 On the image plane I, an image sensor (not shown) composed of a CCD, a CMOS, or the like is disposed.
 以上の構成のもと、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との間隔は減少し、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間隔は増大し、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間隔は減少し、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との間隔は増大するように、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G4と第4レンズ群G4とが像面Iに対して光軸に沿って移動する。詳細には、変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1は一旦像面I側へ移動してから物体側へ移動し、第2レンズ群G2と第4レンズ群G4とは一体に物体側へ移動し、第3レンズ群G3は物体側へ移動し、第5レンズ群G5は像面Iに対して固定である。 With the above configuration, the zoom lens according to the present embodiment reduces the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state. The distance between the lens group G2 and the third lens group G3 increases, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 decreases, and the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 increases. Thus, the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the third lens group G4, and the fourth lens group G4 move along the optical axis with respect to the image plane I. Specifically, at the time of zooming, the first lens group G1 once moves to the image plane I side and then moves to the object side, and the second lens group G2 and the fourth lens group G4 move together to the object side. The third lens group G3 moves toward the object side, and the fifth lens group G5 is fixed with respect to the image plane I.
 開口絞りSは、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間に配置され、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第3レンズ群G3と共に移動する。 The aperture stop S is disposed between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3, and moves together with the third lens group G3 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
 また、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、第2Fレンズ群G2Fを像面I側へ移動させることにより、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦が行われる。 In the zoom lens according to the present embodiment, focusing from an infinitely distant object to a close object is performed by moving the second F lens group G2F to the image plane I side.
 また、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、第2Rレンズ群G2Rを防振レンズ群として光軸と直交する方向の成分を含む方向に移動させることにより像ブレ発生時の像面補正、すなわち防振を行っている。 In the zoom lens according to the present embodiment, the second R lens group G2R is moved as a vibration-proof lens group in a direction including a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis, thereby correcting image plane when an image blur occurs, that is, vibration-proof. It is carried out.
 ここで、本実施例に係るズームレンズ全系の焦点距離をfとし、ブレ補正時の防振レンズ群の移動量に対する像面I上での像の移動量の比をKとするとき、角度θの回転ブレを補正するには、防振レンズ群を(f・tanθ)/Kだけ光軸と直交する方向にシフトさせれば良い。
 本実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態においては、防振係数Kは1.07であり、焦点距離は16.48(mm)(下記表6参照)であるので、0.81°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.22(mm)である。また、中間焦点距離状態においては、防振係数Kは1.37であり、焦点距離は25.21(mm)(下記表6参照)であるので、0.66°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.21(mm)である。また、望遠端状態においては、防振係数Kは1.67であり、焦点距離は33.95(mm)(下記表6参照)であるので、0.57°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.20(mm)である。
Here, when the focal length of the entire zoom lens system according to the present embodiment is f and the ratio of the moving amount of the image on the image plane I to the moving amount of the image stabilizing lens group at the time of blur correction is K, the angle In order to correct the rotational blur of θ, the anti-vibration lens group may be shifted in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis by (f · tan θ) / K.
In the zoom lens according to this example, in the wide-angle end state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.07 and the focal length is 16.48 (mm) (see Table 6 below). The amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group for correcting the rotation blur is 0.22 (mm). In the intermediate focal length state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.37, and the focal length is 25.21 (mm) (see Table 6 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.66 ° is corrected. The amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.21 (mm). In the telephoto end state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.67 and the focal length is 33.95 (mm) (see Table 6 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.57 ° is corrected. The moving amount of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.20 (mm).
 以下の表6に、第6実施例に係るズームレンズの諸元値を掲げる。 Table 6 below lists specifications of the zoom lens according to the sixth example.
 (表6)第6実施例
 [全体諸元]
W M T
f 16.48 25.21 33.95
FNO 4.00 4.00 4.00
ω 54.1 39.8 31.7
Y 21.64 21.64 21.64
TL 162.369 156.678 160.978
BF 18.069 18.064 18.074
 
 [面データ]
 面番号 r d nd νd
  物面 ∞
*1) 180.13769 2.000 1.82080 42.7
*2) 19.96088 6.970
3) 94.52854 2.000 1.90043 37.4
*4) 28.44278 9.857
5) -42.62350 2.000 1.49782 82.6
6) 244.08326 0.150
7) 61.25466 5.605 2.00100 29.1
8) -150.06559 (可変)
 
*9) 36.24721 7.764 1.58313 59.4
10) -22.60689 1.500 1.65844 50.8
11) -43.72965 0.151
12) -207.94715 1.500 1.51742 52.2
13) 40.03120 (可変)
 
*14) 43.25649 1.500 1.79504 28.7
15) 26.23995 11.085 1.48749 70.3
16) -21.42752 1.500 1.68893 31.2
17) -29.56586 (可変)
 
18) (絞り) ∞ 4.000
19) -74.75529 1.500 1.74400 44.8
20) 22.57348 3.362 1.80244 25.6
21) 84.92681 1.000
22) (FS) ∞ (可変)
 
23) 34.18409 11.631 1.49782 82.6
24) -22.09869 1.500 1.88202 37.2
*25) -35.01463 0.150
26) 64.77675 1.500 1.90043 37.4
27) 18.18435 8.523 1.49782 82.6
28) 70.17847 (可変)
 
*29) -135.00000 5.121 1.77250 49.5
*30) -46.54146 (BF) 
  像面 ∞
 
 [レンズ群データ]
始面 焦点距離
G1 1 -23.15
G2 9 37.14
G3 18 -58.82
G4 23 86.56
G5 29 89.68
 
 [非球面データ]
  面番号:1
κ = 2.00000E+00
A4 = 7.91245E-06
A6 =-3.69643E-09
A8 = 1.11415E-12
A10=-2.04281E-16
 
  面番号:2
κ = 1.05500E-01
A4 =-1.07575E-05
A6 = 4.04887E-08
A8 =-2.80099E-11
A10= 8.02396E-14
 
  面番号:4
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 2.14895E-05
A6 = 5.07570E-09
A8 =-8.70469E-11
A10= 9.89182E-14
 
  面番号:9
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 =-5.58940E-06
A6 =-6.24739E-09
A8 = 0.00000E+00
A10= 0.00000E+00
 
  面番号:14
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 =-4.10738E-06
A6 = 2.26991E-09
A8 =-1.27958E-11
A10= 2.28497E-14
 
  面番号:25
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 6.63910E-06
A6 =-2.70332E-09
A8 =-1.14938E-11
A10=-3.86980E-14
 
  面番号:29
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 2.96724E-06
A6 =-7.37447E-10
A8 = 4.28602E-11
A10=-7.07831E-14
 
  面番号:30
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 5.46618E-06
A6 =-9.05640E-09
A8 = 6.16567E-11
A10=-8.57111E-14
 
 [可変間隔データ]
W M T W M T
無限遠 無限遠 無限遠 近距離 近距離 近距離
d 0 ∞ ∞ ∞ 110.00 115.69 111.40
β - - - -0.1243 -0.1848 -0.2589
f 16.48 25.21 33.95 - - -
d 8 27.344 8.875 0.500 31.204 12.826 4.873
d13 7.541 7.541 7.541 3.681 3.590 3.168
d17 2.000 7.319 11.342 2.000 7.319 11.342
d22 10.842 5.524 1.500 10.842 5.524 1.500
d28 4.704 17.488 30.153 4.704 17.488 30.158
BF 18.069 18.064 18.074 18.157 18.259 18.456
 
 [各条件式対応値]
 (1)f5/(-f1)=3.873
 (2)|m12|/fw=1.629
 (3)f5/f4=1.036
 
(Table 6) Sixth Example [Overall specifications]
W M T
f 16.48 25.21 33.95
FNO 4.00 4.00 4.00
ω 54.1 39.8 31.7
Y 21.64 21.64 21.64
TL 162.369 156.678 160.978
BF 18.069 18.064 18.074

[Surface data]
Surface number r d nd νd
Object ∞
* 1) 180.13769 2.000 1.82080 42.7
* 2) 19.96088 6.970
3) 94.52854 2.000 1.90043 37.4
* 4) 28.44278 9.857
5) -42.62350 2.000 1.49782 82.6
6) 244.08326 0.150
7) 61.25466 5.605 2.00100 29.1
8) -150.06559 (variable)

* 9) 36.24721 7.764 1.58313 59.4
10) -22.60689 1.500 1.65844 50.8
11) -43.72965 0.151
12) -207.94715 1.500 1.51742 52.2
13) 40.03120 (variable)

* 14) 43.25649 1.500 1.79504 28.7
15) 26.23995 11.085 1.48749 70.3
16) -21.42752 1.500 1.68893 31.2
17) -29.56586 (variable)

18) (Aperture) ∞ 4.000
19) -74.75529 1.500 1.74400 44.8
20) 22.57348 3.362 1.80244 25.6
21) 84.92681 1.000
22) (FS) ∞ (variable)

23) 34.18409 11.631 1.49782 82.6
24) -22.09869 1.500 1.88202 37.2
* 25) -35.01463 0.150
26) 64.77675 1.500 1.90043 37.4
27) 18.18435 8.523 1.49782 82.6
28) 70.17847 (variable)

* 29) -135.00000 5.121 1.77250 49.5
* 30) -46.54146 (BF)
Image plane ∞

[Lens group data]
Start surface Focal length
G1 1 -23.15
G2 9 37.14
G3 18 -58.82
G4 23 86.56
G5 29 89.68

[Aspherical data]
Surface number: 1
κ = 2.00000E + 00
A4 = 7.91245E-06
A6 = -3.69643E-09
A8 = 1.11415E-12
A10 = -2.04281E-16

Surface number: 2
κ = 1.05500E-01
A4 = -1.07575E-05
A6 = 4.04887E-08
A8 = -2.80099E-11
A10 = 8.02396E-14

Surface number: 4
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 2.14895E-05
A6 = 5.07570E-09
A8 = -8.70469E-11
A10 = 9.89182E-14

Surface number: 9
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = -5.58940E-06
A6 = -6.24739E-09
A8 = 0.00000E + 00
A10 = 0.00000E + 00

Surface number: 14
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = -4.10738E-06
A6 = 2.26991E-09
A8 = -1.27958E-11
A10 = 2.28497E-14

Surface number: 25
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 6.63910E-06
A6 = -2.70332E-09
A8 = -1.14938E-11
A10 = -3.86980E-14

Surface number: 29
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 2.96724E-06
A6 = -7.37447E-10
A8 = 4.28602E-11
A10 = -7.07831E-14

Surface number: 30
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 5.46618E-06
A6 = -9.05640E-09
A8 = 6.16567E-11
A10 = -8.57111E-14

[Variable interval data]
W M T W M T
Infinity infinity infinity infinity short distance short distance short distance
d 0 ∞ ∞ ∞ 110.00 115.69 111.40
β----0.1243 -0.1848 -0.2589
f 16.48 25.21 33.95---
d 8 27.344 8.875 0.500 31.204 12.826 4.873
d13 7.541 7.541 7.541 3.681 3.590 3.168
d17 2.000 7.319 11.342 2.000 7.319 11.342
d22 10.842 5.524 1.500 10.842 5.524 1.500
d28 4.704 17.488 30.153 4.704 17.488 30.158
BF 18.069 18.064 18.074 18.157 18.259 18.456

[Values for each conditional expression]
(1) f5 / (− f1) = 3.873
(2) | m12 | /fw=1.629
(3) f5 / f4 = 1.36
 図22(a)、図22(b)、および図22(c)はそれぞれ、第6実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠物体合焦時の諸収差図である。
 図23(a)、図23(b)、および図23(c)はそれぞれ、第6実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における近距離物体合焦時の諸収差図である。
 図24(a)、図24(b)、および図24(c)はそれぞれ、第6実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における防振時のメリディオナル横収差図である。
22 (a), 22 (b), and 22 (c) respectively show the infinite object focusing in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 6. FIG.
23 (a), 23 (b), and 23 (c) are respectively when a short-distance object is focused in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 6. FIG.
24 (a), 24 (b), and 24 (c) respectively show the meridional horizontal at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 6. It is an aberration diagram.
 各収差図から明らかなように、第6実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態から望遠端状態に亘って諸収差が良好に補正され、また、防振時においても高い光学性能を有することがわかる。 As is apparent from the respective aberration diagrams, the zoom lens according to Example 6 has various aberrations well corrected from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, and has high optical performance even during image stabilization. I understand.
 (第7実施例)
 図25(a)、図25(b)、および図25(c)はそれぞれ、第7実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における断面図である。
 図25(a)中の各レンズ群の下の矢印は、広角端状態から中間焦点距離状態への変倍の際の各レンズ群の移動方向を示している。図25(b)中の各レンズ群の下の矢印は、中間焦点距離状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際の各レンズ群の移動方向を示している。
(Seventh embodiment)
FIGS. 25A, 25B, and 25C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to the seventh example in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 25A indicates the moving direction of each lens group upon zooming from the wide-angle end state to the intermediate focal length state. An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 25B indicates the moving direction of each lens group at the time of zooming from the intermediate focal length state to the telephoto end state.
 図25(a)に示すように、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、負の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、正の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5とから構成されている。 As shown in FIG. 25A, the zoom lens according to the present embodiment includes a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a second lens having a positive refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis. The lens group G2 includes a third lens group G3 having a negative refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
 第1レンズ群G1は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL11と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL12と、物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL13と、両凸レンズL14とから構成されている。負メニスカスレンズL11は、物体側のレンズ面および像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The first lens group G1 has, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L12 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a concave surface facing the object side. It is composed of a negative meniscus lens L13 and a biconvex lens L14. The negative meniscus lens L11 is an aspherical lens in which the object-side lens surface and the image-side lens surface are aspherical.
 第2レンズ群G2は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、正の屈折力を有する第2Fレンズ群G2Fと、正の屈折力を有する第2Rレンズ群G2Rとから構成されている。
 第2Fレンズ群G2Fは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、両凸レンズL21と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL22との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL23とから構成されている。両凸レンズL21は、物体側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。
 第2Rレンズ群G2Rは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL24と両凸レンズL25と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL26との接合レンズから構成されている。
The second lens group G2 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a second F lens group G2F having a positive refractive power and a second R lens group G2R having a positive refractive power.
The second F lens group G2F includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L21 and a negative meniscus lens L22 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L23 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of The biconvex lens L21 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
The second R lens group G2R includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L24 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconvex lens L25, and a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side. Has been.
 第3レンズ群G3は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、開口絞りSと、両凹レンズL31と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL32との接合レンズと、フレアカット絞りFSとから構成されている。正メニスカスレンズL32は、像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The third lens group G3 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, an aperture stop S, a cemented lens of a biconcave lens L31 and a positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a flare-cut stop FS. Has been. The positive meniscus lens L32 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric surface on the image side.
 第4レンズ群G4は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、両凸レンズL41と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL42との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL43と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL44との接合レンズとから構成されている。負メニスカスレンズL42は、像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The fourth lens group G4 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L41 and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a cemented lens with a positive meniscus lens L44 having a convex surface facing the object side. The negative meniscus lens L42 is an aspheric lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
 第5レンズ群G5は、物体側に凹面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL51から構成されている。正メニスカスレンズL51は、物体側のレンズ面および像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The fifth lens group G5 includes a positive meniscus lens L51 having a concave surface directed toward the object side. The positive meniscus lens L51 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side and a lens surface on the image side.
 像面I上には、CCDやCMOS等から構成された撮像素子(図示省略)が配置されている。 On the image plane I, an image sensor (not shown) composed of a CCD, a CMOS, or the like is disposed.
 以上の構成のもと、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との間隔は減少し、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間隔は増大し、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間隔は減少し、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との間隔は増大するように、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G4と第4レンズ群G4とが像面Iに対して光軸に沿って移動する。詳細には、変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1は一旦像面I側へ移動してから物体側へ移動し、第2レンズ群G2と第4レンズ群G4とは一体に物体側へ移動し、第3レンズ群G3は物体側へ移動し、第5レンズ群G5は像面Iに対して固定である。 With the above configuration, the zoom lens according to the present embodiment reduces the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state. The distance between the lens group G2 and the third lens group G3 increases, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 decreases, and the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 increases. Thus, the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the third lens group G4, and the fourth lens group G4 move along the optical axis with respect to the image plane I. Specifically, at the time of zooming, the first lens group G1 once moves to the image plane I side and then moves to the object side, and the second lens group G2 and the fourth lens group G4 move together to the object side. The third lens group G3 moves toward the object side, and the fifth lens group G5 is fixed with respect to the image plane I.
 開口絞りSは、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間に配置され、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第3レンズ群G3と共に移動する。 The aperture stop S is disposed between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3, and moves together with the third lens group G3 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
 また、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、第2Fレンズ群G2Fを像面I側へ移動させることにより、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦が行われる。 In the zoom lens according to the present embodiment, focusing from an infinitely distant object to a close object is performed by moving the second F lens group G2F to the image plane I side.
 また、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、第3レンズ群G3の両凹レンズL31と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL32との接合レンズを防振レンズ群として光軸と直交する方向の成分を含む方向に移動させることにより像ブレ発生時の像面補正、すなわち防振を行っている。 In addition, the zoom lens according to the present example uses a cemented lens of the biconcave lens L31 of the third lens group G3 and the positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface toward the object side as a vibration-proof lens group, and a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis. Image plane correction when image blur occurs, that is, image stabilization is performed.
 ここで、本実施例に係るズームレンズ全系の焦点距離をfとし、ブレ補正時の防振レンズ群の移動量に対する像面I上での像の移動量の比をKとするとき、角度θの回転ブレを補正するには、防振レンズ群を(f・tanθ)/Kだけ光軸と直交する方向にシフトさせれば良い。
 本実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態においては、防振係数Kは0.56であり、焦点距離は16.48(mm)(下記表7参照)であるので、0.81°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.42(mm)である。また、中間焦点距離状態においては、防振係数Kは0.70であり、焦点距離は25.21(mm)(下記表7参照)であるので、0.66°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.41(mm)である。また、望遠端状態においては、防振係数Kは0.87であり、焦点距離は33.95(mm)(下記表7参照)であるので、0.57°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.39(mm)である。
Here, when the focal length of the entire zoom lens system according to the present embodiment is f and the ratio of the moving amount of the image on the image plane I to the moving amount of the image stabilizing lens group at the time of blur correction is K, the angle In order to correct the rotational blur of θ, the anti-vibration lens group may be shifted in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis by (f · tan θ) / K.
In the zoom lens according to the present example, in the wide-angle end state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.56 and the focal length is 16.48 (mm) (see Table 7 below). The amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group for correcting the rotational blur is 0.42 (mm). In the intermediate focal length state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.70, and the focal length is 25.21 (mm) (see Table 7 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.66 ° is corrected. The amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.41 (mm). In the telephoto end state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.87, and the focal length is 33.95 (mm) (see Table 7 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.57 ° is corrected. The moving amount of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.39 (mm).
 以下の表7に、第7実施例に係るズームレンズの諸元値を掲げる。 Table 7 below lists specifications of the zoom lens according to the seventh example.
 (表7)第7実施例
 [全体諸元]
W M T
f 16.48 25.21 33.95
FNO 4.00 4.00 4.00
ω 54.0 39.8 31.8
Y 21.64 21.64 21.64
TL 152.197 148.076 154.253
BF 18.060 18.054 18.063
 
 [面データ]
 面番号 r d nd νd
  物面 ∞
*1) 89.63662 2.000 1.82080 42.7
*2) 19.03463 6.400
3) 59.00594 2.000 1.90043 37.4
4) 25.04291 12.879
5) -34.42001 2.000 1.49782 82.6
6) -220.10809 0.150
7) 110.12188 5.234 2.00100 29.1
8) -94.03704 (可変)
 
*9) 34.70954 8.195 1.58313 59.4
10) -22.32702 1.500 1.64013 58.3
11) -56.97811 0.150
12) 143.57014 1.500 1.51742 52.2
13) 29.47978 (可変)
 
14) 25.69484 1.500 1.79504 28.7
15) 18.31640 7.768 1.48749 70.3
16) -37.27717 1.500 1.73708 28.4
17) -69.75583 (可変)
 
18) (絞り) ∞ 4.000
19) -172.99604 1.500 1.74400 44.8
20) 25.25276 3.145 1.80244 25.6
*21) 65.66381 1.000
22) (FS) ∞ (可変)
 
23) 28.13736 7.994 1.49782 82.6
24) -39.84408 1.500 1.88202 37.2
*25) -55.75469 0.150
26) 79.86144 1.500 1.90043 37.4
27) 18.03173 8.303 1.49782 82.6
28) 109.39627 (可変)
 
*29) -135.00000 5.201 1.77250 49.5
*30) -43.87168 (BF) 
  像面 ∞
 
 [レンズ群データ]
始面 焦点距離
G1 1 -25.31
G2 9 38.11
G3 18 -70.00
G4 23 97.42
G5 29 82.09
 
 [非球面データ]
  面番号:1
κ = 0.00000E+00
A4 =-1.65798E-06
A6 = 2.891887E-09
A8 =-2.10545E-12
A10= 1.01969E-15
 
  面番号:2
κ = 1.52100E-01
A4 =-3.98735E-06
A6 = 1.20818E-08
A8 =-2.50960E-11
A10= 4.32957E-14
 
  面番号:9
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 =-5.15908E-06
A6 = 1.64281E-09
A8 = 0.00000E+00
A10= 0.00000E+00
 
  面番号:21
κ = 1.89270E+00
A4 =-3.35320E-07
A6 =-5.17749E-08
A8 = 8.91765E-10
A10=-5.73216E-12
 
  面番号:25
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 1.10647E-05
A6 = 2.12638E-08
A8 =-1.45298E-10
A10= 1.80548E-13
 
  面番号:29
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 9.54720E-06
A6 =-3.28939E-08
A8 = 9.31216E-11
A10=-9.94866E-14
 
  面番号:30
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 1.57892E-05
A6 =-4.68421E-08
A8 = 1.10504E-10
A10=-1.06766E-13
 
 [可変間隔データ]
W M T W M T
無限遠 無限遠 無限遠 近距離 近距離 近距離
d 0 ∞ ∞ ∞ 120.16 124.28 118.11
β - - - -0.1141 -0.1719 -0.2434
f 16.48 25.21 33.95 - - -
d 8 26.758 8.756 0.500 31.009 13.089 5.283
d13 7.532 7.532 7.532 3.280 3.198 2.749
d17 2.000 5.495 7.430 2.000 5.495 7.430
d22 6.930 3.434 1.500 6.930 3.434 1.500
d28 3.850 17.737 32.161 3.850 17.737 32.161
BF 18.060 18.054 18.063 18.135 18.223 18.401
 
 [各条件式対応値]
 (1)f5/(-f1)=3.244
 (2)|m12|/fw=1.593
 (3)f5/f4=0.843
 
(Table 7) Seventh Example [Overall specifications]
W M T
f 16.48 25.21 33.95
FNO 4.00 4.00 4.00
ω 54.0 39.8 31.8
Y 21.64 21.64 21.64
TL 152.197 148.076 154.253
BF 18.060 18.054 18.063

[Surface data]
Surface number r d nd νd
Object ∞
* 1) 89.63662 2.000 1.82080 42.7
* 2) 19.03463 6.400
3) 59.00594 2.000 1.90043 37.4
4) 25.04291 12.879
5) -34.42001 2.000 1.49782 82.6
6) -220.10809 0.150
7) 110.12188 5.234 2.00100 29.1
8) -94.03704 (variable)

* 9) 34.70954 8.195 1.58313 59.4
10) -22.32702 1.500 1.64013 58.3
11) -56.97811 0.150
12) 143.57014 1.500 1.51742 52.2
13) 29.47978 (variable)

14) 25.69484 1.500 1.79504 28.7
15) 18.31640 7.768 1.48749 70.3
16) -37.27717 1.500 1.73708 28.4
17) -69.75583 (variable)

18) (Aperture) ∞ 4.000
19) -172.99604 1.500 1.74400 44.8
20) 25.25276 3.145 1.80244 25.6
* 21) 65.66381 1.000
22) (FS) ∞ (variable)

23) 28.13736 7.994 1.49782 82.6
24) -39.84408 1.500 1.88202 37.2
* 25) -55.75469 0.150
26) 79.86144 1.500 1.90043 37.4
27) 18.03173 8.303 1.49782 82.6
28) 109.39627 (variable)

* 29) -135.00000 5.201 1.77250 49.5
* 30) -43.87168 (BF)
Image plane ∞

[Lens group data]
Start surface Focal length
G1 1 -25.31
G2 9 38.11
G3 18 -70.00
G4 23 97.42
G5 29 82.09

[Aspherical data]
Surface number: 1
κ = 0.00000E + 00
A4 = -1.65798E-06
A6 = 2.891887E-09
A8 = -2.10545E-12
A10 = 1.01969E-15

Surface number: 2
κ = 1.52100E-01
A4 = -3.98735E-06
A6 = 1.20818E-08
A8 = -2.550960E-11
A10 = 4.32957E-14

Surface number: 9
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = -5.15908E-06
A6 = 1.64281E-09
A8 = 0.00000E + 00
A10 = 0.00000E + 00

Surface number: 21
κ = 1.89270E + 00
A4 = -3.35320E-07
A6 = -5.17749E-08
A8 = 8.91765E-10
A10 = -5.73216E-12

Surface number: 25
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 1.10647E-05
A6 = 2.12638E-08
A8 = -1.45298E-10
A10 = 1.80548E-13

Surface number: 29
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 9.54720E-06
A6 = -3.28939E-08
A8 = 9.31216E-11
A10 = -9.94866E-14

Surface number: 30
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 1.57892E-05
A6 = -4.68421E-08
A8 = 1.10504E-10
A10 = -1.06766E-13

[Variable interval data]
W M T W M T
Infinity infinity infinity infinity short distance short distance short distance
d 0 ∞ ∞ ∞ 120.16 124.28 118.11
β----0.1141 -0.1719 -0.2434
f 16.48 25.21 33.95---
d 8 26.758 8.756 0.500 31.009 13.089 5.283
d13 7.532 7.532 7.532 3.280 3.198 2.749
d17 2.000 5.495 7.430 2.000 5.495 7.430
d22 6.930 3.434 1.500 6.930 3.434 1.500
d28 3.850 17.737 32.161 3.850 17.737 32.161
BF 18.060 18.054 18.063 18.135 18.223 18.401

[Values for each conditional expression]
(1) f5 / (− f1) = 3.244
(2) | m12 | /fw=1.593
(3) f5 / f4 = 0.743
 図26(a)、図26(b)、および図26(c)はそれぞれ、第7実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠物体合焦時の諸収差図である。
 図27(a)、図27(b)、および図27(c)はそれぞれ、第7実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における近距離物体合焦時の諸収差図である。
 図28(a)、図28(b)、および図28(c)はそれぞれ、第7実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における防振時のメリディオナル横収差図である。
FIGS. 26 (a), 26 (b), and 26 (c) are respectively when the object at infinity is in focus in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the seventh example. FIG.
FIGS. 27 (a), 27 (b), and 27 (c) are respectively for focusing a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to the seventh example. FIG.
28 (a), 28 (b), and 28 (c) are respectively the meridional laterals at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 7. It is an aberration diagram.
 各収差図から明らかなように、第7実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態から望遠端状態に亘って諸収差が良好に補正され、また、防振時においても高い光学性能を有することがわかる。 As is apparent from the respective aberration diagrams, the zoom lens according to the seventh example has various aberrations well corrected from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, and has high optical performance even during image stabilization. I understand.
 (第8実施例)
 図29(a)、図29(b)、および図29(c)はそれぞれ、第8実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における断面図である。
 図29(a)中の各レンズ群の下の矢印は、広角端状態から中間焦点距離状態への変倍の際の各レンズ群の移動方向を示している。図29(b)中の各レンズ群の下の矢印は、中間焦点距離状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際の各レンズ群の移動方向を示している。
(Eighth embodiment)
FIGS. 29A, 29B, and 29C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 8 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 29A indicates the moving direction of each lens group upon zooming from the wide-angle end state to the intermediate focal length state. An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 29B indicates the moving direction of each lens group upon zooming from the intermediate focal length state to the telephoto end state.
 図29(a)に示すように、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、負の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、正の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5とから構成されている。 As shown in FIG. 29A, the zoom lens according to the present embodiment includes a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a second lens having a positive refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis. The lens group G2 includes a third lens group G3 having a negative refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
 第1レンズ群G1は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL11と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL12と、両凹レンズL13と、両凸レンズL14とから構成されている。負メニスカスレンズL11は、物体側のレンズ面および像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。負メニスカスレンズL12は、像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The first lens group G1 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L12 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave lens L13, and a biconvex lens. L14. The negative meniscus lens L11 is an aspherical lens in which the object-side lens surface and the image-side lens surface are aspherical. The negative meniscus lens L12 is an aspherical lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
 第2レンズ群G2は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、正の屈折力を有する第2Fレンズ群G2Fと、正の屈折力を有する第2Rレンズ群G2Rとから構成されている。
 第2Fレンズ群G2Fは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、両凸レンズL21と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL22との接合レンズと、両凹レンズL23とから構成されている。両凸レンズL21は、物体側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。
 第2Rレンズ群G2Rは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL24と両凸レンズL25と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL26との接合レンズから構成されている。負メニスカスレンズL24は、物体側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。
The second lens group G2 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a second F lens group G2F having a positive refractive power and a second R lens group G2R having a positive refractive power.
The second F lens group G2F includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L21 and a negative meniscus lens L22 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a biconcave lens L23. The biconvex lens L21 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
The second R lens group G2R includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L24 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconvex lens L25, and a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side. Has been. The negative meniscus lens L24 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
 第3レンズ群G3は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、開口絞りSと、両凹レンズL31と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL32との接合レンズと、フレアカット絞りFSとから構成されている。 The third lens group G3 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, an aperture stop S, a cemented lens of a biconcave lens L31 and a positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a flare-cut stop FS. Has been.
 第4レンズ群G4は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、両凸レンズL41と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL42との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL43と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL44との接合レンズとから構成されている。負メニスカスレンズL42は、像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The fourth lens group G4 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L41 and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a cemented lens with a positive meniscus lens L44 having a convex surface facing the object side. The negative meniscus lens L42 is an aspheric lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
 第5レンズ群G5は、物体側に凹面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL51から構成されている。正メニスカスレンズL51は、物体側のレンズ面および像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The fifth lens group G5 includes a positive meniscus lens L51 having a concave surface directed toward the object side. The positive meniscus lens L51 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side and a lens surface on the image side.
 像面I上には、CCDやCMOS等から構成された撮像素子(図示省略)が配置されている。 On the image plane I, an image sensor (not shown) composed of a CCD, a CMOS, or the like is disposed.
 以上の構成のもと、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との間隔は減少し、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間隔は増大し、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間隔は減少し、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との間隔は増大するように、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G4と第4レンズ群G4とが像面Iに対して光軸に沿って移動する。詳細には、変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1は一旦像面I側へ移動してから物体側へ移動し、第2レンズ群G2と第4レンズ群G4とは一体に物体側へ移動し、第3レンズ群G3は物体側へ移動し、第5レンズ群G5は像面Iに対して固定である。 With the above configuration, the zoom lens according to the present embodiment reduces the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state. The distance between the lens group G2 and the third lens group G3 increases, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 decreases, and the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 increases. Thus, the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the third lens group G4, and the fourth lens group G4 move along the optical axis with respect to the image plane I. Specifically, at the time of zooming, the first lens group G1 once moves to the image plane I side and then moves to the object side, and the second lens group G2 and the fourth lens group G4 move together to the object side. The third lens group G3 moves toward the object side, and the fifth lens group G5 is fixed with respect to the image plane I.
 開口絞りSは、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間に配置され、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第3レンズ群G3と共に移動する。 The aperture stop S is disposed between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3, and moves together with the third lens group G3 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
 また、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、第2Fレンズ群G2Fを像面I側へ移動させることにより、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦が行われる。 In the zoom lens according to the present embodiment, focusing from an infinitely distant object to a close object is performed by moving the second F lens group G2F to the image plane I side.
 また、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、第4レンズ群G4中の両凸レンズL41と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL42との接合レンズを防振レンズ群として光軸と直交する方向の成分を含む方向に移動させることにより像ブレ発生時の像面補正、すなわち防振を行っている。 In the zoom lens according to the present example, the cemented lens of the biconvex lens L41 in the fourth lens group G4 and the negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side is used as an anti-vibration lens group in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis. Image plane correction when image blur occurs, that is, image stabilization, is performed by moving in the direction including the component.
 ここで、本実施例に係るズームレンズ全系の焦点距離をfとし、ブレ補正時の防振レンズ群の移動量に対する像面I上での像の移動量の比をKとするとき、角度θの回転ブレを補正するには、防振レンズ群を(f・tanθ)/Kだけ光軸と直交する方向にシフトさせれば良い。
 本実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態においては、防振係数Kは0.84であり、焦点距離は16.48(mm)(下記表8参照)であるので、0.81°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.28(mm)である。また、中間焦点距離状態においては、防振係数Kは1.12であり、焦点距離は25.21(mm)(下記表8参照)であるので、0.66°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.26(mm)である。また、望遠端状態においては、防振係数Kは1.39であり、焦点距離は33.94(mm)(下記表8参照)であるので、0.57°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.24(mm)である。
Here, when the focal length of the entire zoom lens system according to the present embodiment is f and the ratio of the moving amount of the image on the image plane I to the moving amount of the image stabilizing lens group at the time of blur correction is K, the angle In order to correct the rotational blur of θ, the anti-vibration lens group may be shifted in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis by (f · tan θ) / K.
In the zoom lens according to the present example, in the wide-angle end state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.84, and the focal length is 16.48 (mm) (see Table 8 below). The amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group for correcting the rotation blur is 0.28 (mm). Further, in the intermediate focal length state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.12 and the focal length is 25.21 (mm) (see Table 8 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.66 ° is corrected. The amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.26 (mm). In the telephoto end state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.39, and the focal length is 33.94 (mm) (see Table 8 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.57 ° is corrected. The moving amount of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.24 (mm).
 以下の表8に、第8実施例に係るズームレンズの諸元値を掲げる。 Table 8 below lists specifications of the zoom lens according to the eighth example.
 (表8)第8実施例
 [全体諸元]
W M T
f 16.48 25.21 33.94
FNO 4.00 4.00 4.00
ω 54.1 40.0 31.8
Y 21.64 21.64 21.64
TL 156.155 150.831 154.903
BF 18.066 18.053 18.060
 
 [面データ]
 面番号 r d nd νd
  物面 ∞
*1) 193.58721 2.000 1.82080 42.7
*2) 20.02145 6.905
3) 90.01817 2.000 1.90043 37.4
*4) 27.89307 9.933
5) -41.38646 2.000 1.49782 82.6
6) 388.04959 0.150
7) 63.78120 5.582 2.00100 29.1
8) -140.47475 (可変)
 
*9) 34.11887 7.683 1.58313 59.4
10) -23.19093 1.500 1.65844 50.8
11) -43.34847 0.150
12) -133.64479 1.500 1.51742 52.2
13) 43.43678 (可変)
 
*14) 43.27875 1.500 1.79504 28.7
15) 26.75575 9.166 1.48749 70.3
16) -21.47016 1.500 1.68893 31.2
17) -29.83058 (可変)
 
18) (絞り) ∞ 4.000
19) -117.95737 1.500 1.74400 44.8
20) 20.54277 3.285 1.80244 25.6
21) 54.89929 1.000
22) (FS) ∞ (可変)
 
23) 32.72024 9.645 1.49782 82.6
24) -23.86366 1.500 1.88202 37.2
*25) -34.86203 0.150
26) 69.62430 1.500 1.90043 37.4
27) 18.05008 9.020 1.49782 82.6
28) 104.94552 (可変)
 
*29) -135.00000 4.710 1.77250 49.5
*30) -48.92153 (BF) 
  像面 ∞
 
 [レンズ群データ]
始面 焦点距離
G1 1 -23.31
G2 9 35.87
G3 18 -54.84
G4 23 83.18
G5 29 97.01
 
 [非球面データ]
  面番号:1
κ = 2.00000E+00
A4 = 7.90218E-06
A6 =-3.67128E-09
A8 = 1.11425E-12
A10=-3.22487E-16
 
  面番号:2
κ = 9.06000E-02
A4 =-1.10492E-05
A6 = 4.18700E-08
A8 =-2.82799E-11
A10= 8.48422E-14
 
  面番号:4
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 2.06544E-05
A6 = 1.14896E-09
A8 =-9.32488E-11
A10= 1.06908E-13
 
  面番号:9
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 =-5.99537E-06
A6 =-8.64207E-09
A8 = 0.00000E+00
A10= 0.00000E+00
 
  面番号:14
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 =-5.24252E-06
A6 = 3.78138E-09
A8 =-1.26184E-11
A10=-1.01048E-14
 
  面番号:25
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 5.70046E-06
A6 =-3.54520E-09
A8 = 1.13461E-11
A10=-1.29870E-13
 
  面番号:29
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 2.14047E-06
A6 =-2.58918E-09
A8 = 4.54444E-11
A10=-7.04486E-14
 
  面番号:30
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 5.01764E-06
A6 =-9.55833E-09
A8 = 5.69307E-11
A10=-7.79067E-14
 
 [可変間隔データ]
W M T W M T
無限遠 無限遠 無限遠 近距離 近距離 近距離
d 0 ∞ ∞ ∞ 116.21 121.52 117.46
β - - - -0.1183 -0.1768 -0.2470
f 16.48 25.21 33.94 - - -
d 8 27.092 8.876 0.500 30.852 12.622 4.589
d13 7.348 7.348 7.348 3.588 3.603 3.259
d17 2.000 6.293 9.740 2.000 6.293 9.740
d22 9.240 4.947 1.500 9.240 4.947 1.500
d28 4.528 17.433 29.874 4.528 17.433 29.874
BF 18.066 18.053 18.060 18.146 18.232 18.406
 
 [各条件式対応値]
 (1)f5/(-f1)=4.162
 (2)|m12|/fw=1.614
 (3)f5/f4=1.166
 
(Table 8) Eighth Example [Overall Specifications]
W M T
f 16.48 25.21 33.94
FNO 4.00 4.00 4.00
ω 54.1 40.0 31.8
Y 21.64 21.64 21.64
TL 156.155 150.831 154.903
BF 18.066 18.053 18.060

[Surface data]
Surface number r d nd νd
Object ∞
* 1) 193.58721 2.000 1.82080 42.7
* 2) 20.02145 6.905
3) 90.01817 2.000 1.90043 37.4
* 4) 27.89307 9.933
5) -41.38646 2.000 1.49782 82.6
6) 388.04959 0.150
7) 63.78120 5.582 2.00100 29.1
8) -140.47475 (variable)

* 9) 34.11887 7.683 1.58313 59.4
10) -23.19093 1.500 1.65844 50.8
11) -43.34847 0.150
12) -133.64479 1.500 1.51742 52.2
13) 43.43678 (variable)

* 14) 43.27875 1.500 1.79504 28.7
15) 26.75575 9.166 1.48749 70.3
16) -21.47016 1.500 1.68893 31.2
17) -29.83058 (variable)

18) (Aperture) ∞ 4.000
19) -117.95737 1.500 1.74400 44.8
20) 20.54277 3.285 1.80244 25.6
21) 54.89929 1.000
22) (FS) ∞ (variable)

23) 32.72024 9.645 1.49782 82.6
24) -23.86366 1.500 1.88202 37.2
* 25) -34.86203 0.150
26) 69.62430 1.500 1.90043 37.4
27) 18.05008 9.020 1.49782 82.6
28) 104.94552 (variable)

* 29) -135.00000 4.710 1.77250 49.5
* 30) -48.92153 (BF)
Image plane ∞

[Lens group data]
Start surface Focal length
G1 1 -23.31
G2 9 35.87
G3 18 -54.84
G4 23 83.18
G5 29 97.01

[Aspherical data]
Surface number: 1
κ = 2.00000E + 00
A4 = 7.90218E-06
A6 = -3.67128E-09
A8 = 1.11425E-12
A10 = -3.22487E-16

Surface number: 2
κ = 9.06000E-02
A4 = -1.10492E-05
A6 = 4.18700E-08
A8 = -2.82799E-11
A10 = 8.48422E-14

Surface number: 4
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 2.06544E-05
A6 = 1.14896E-09
A8 = -9.32488E-11
A10 = 1.06908E-13

Surface number: 9
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = -5.99537E-06
A6 = -8.64207E-09
A8 = 0.00000E + 00
A10 = 0.00000E + 00

Surface number: 14
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = -5.24252E-06
A6 = 3.78138E-09
A8 = -1.26184E-11
A10 = -1.01048E-14

Surface number: 25
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 5.70046E-06
A6 = -3.54520E-09
A8 = 1.13461E-11
A10 = -1.29870E-13

Surface number: 29
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 2.14047E-06
A6 = -2.58918E-09
A8 = 4.54444E-11
A10 = -7.04486E-14

Surface number: 30
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 5.01764E-06
A6 = -9.55833E-09
A8 = 5.69307E-11
A10 = -7.79067E-14

[Variable interval data]
W M T W M T
Infinity infinity infinity infinity short distance short distance short distance
d 0 ∞ ∞ ∞ 116.21 121.52 117.46
β----0.1183 -0.1768 -0.2470
f 16.48 25.21 33.94---
d 8 27.092 8.876 0.500 30.852 12.622 4.589
d13 7.348 7.348 7.348 3.588 3.603 3.259
d17 2.000 6.293 9.740 2.000 6.293 9.740
d22 9.240 4.947 1.500 9.240 4.947 1.500
d28 4.528 17.433 29.874 4.528 17.433 29.874
BF 18.066 18.053 18.060 18.146 18.232 18.406

[Values for each conditional expression]
(1) f5 / (− f1) = 4.162
(2) | m12 | /fw=1.614
(3) f5 / f4 = 1.166
 図30(a)、図30(b)、および図30(c)はそれぞれ、第8実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠物体合焦時の諸収差図である。
 図31(a)、図31(b)、および図31(c)はそれぞれ、第8実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における近距離物体合焦時の諸収差図である。
 図32(a)、図32(b)、および図32(c)はそれぞれ、第8実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における防振時のメリディオナル横収差図である。
FIGS. 30 (a), 30 (b), and 30 (c) are focused on an object at infinity in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 8. FIG.
FIGS. 31 (a), 31 (b), and 31 (c) are respectively when focusing on a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 8. FIGS. FIG.
32 (a), 32 (b), and 32 (c) are respectively the meridional laterals at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 8. It is an aberration diagram.
 各収差図から明らかなように、第8実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態から望遠端状態に亘って諸収差が良好に補正され、また、防振時においても高い光学性能を有することがわかる。 As is apparent from the respective aberration diagrams, the zoom lens according to Example 8 has various aberrations corrected well from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, and has high optical performance even during image stabilization. I understand.
 (第9実施例)
 図33(a)、図33(b)、および図33(c)はそれぞれ、第9実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における断面図である。
 図33(a)中の各レンズ群の下の矢印は、広角端状態から中間焦点距離状態への変倍の際の各レンズ群の移動方向を示している。図33(b)中の各レンズ群の下の矢印は、中間焦点距離状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際の各レンズ群の移動方向を示している。
(Ninth embodiment)
33A, 33B, and 33C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 9 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 33A indicates the moving direction of each lens group during zooming from the wide-angle end state to the intermediate focal length state. An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 33B indicates the moving direction of each lens group during zooming from the intermediate focal length state to the telephoto end state.
 図33(a)に示すように、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、開口絞りSと、負の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、正の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5とから構成されている。 As shown in FIG. 33A, the zoom lens according to the present example includes a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a second lens having a positive refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis. Consists of a lens group G2, an aperture stop S, a third lens group G3 having negative refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group G5 having positive refractive power. Has been.
 第1レンズ群G1は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL11と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL12と、両凹レンズL13と、両凸レンズL14とから構成されている。負メニスカスレンズL11は、物体側のレンズ面および像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。負メニスカスレンズL12は、像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The first lens group G1 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L12 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave lens L13, and a biconvex lens. L14. The negative meniscus lens L11 is an aspherical lens in which the object-side lens surface and the image-side lens surface are aspherical. The negative meniscus lens L12 is an aspherical lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
 第2レンズ群G2は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、両凸レンズL21と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL22との接合レンズと、両凹レンズL23と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL24と両凸レンズL25と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL26との接合レンズとから構成されている。両凸レンズL21は、物体側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。負メニスカスレンズL24は、物体側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The second lens group G2 has, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L21 and a negative meniscus lens L22 having a concave surface on the object side, a biconcave lens L23, and a convex surface on the object side. It is composed of a negative meniscus lens L24, a biconvex lens L25, and a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side. The biconvex lens L21 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side. The negative meniscus lens L24 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
 第3レンズ群G3は、両凹レンズL31と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL32との接合レンズから構成されている。 The third lens group G3 is composed of a cemented lens of a biconcave lens L31 and a positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface directed toward the object side.
 第4レンズ群G4は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、両凸レンズL41と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL42との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL43と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL44との接合レンズとから構成されている。負メニスカスレンズL42は、像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The fourth lens group G4 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L41 and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. It is composed of a cemented lens with a positive meniscus lens L44 having a convex surface facing the object side. The negative meniscus lens L42 is an aspheric lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
 第5レンズ群G5は、物体側に凹面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL51から構成されている。正メニスカスレンズL51は、物体側のレンズ面および像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The fifth lens group G5 includes a positive meniscus lens L51 having a concave surface directed toward the object side. The positive meniscus lens L51 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side and a lens surface on the image side.
 像面I上には、CCDやCMOS等から構成された撮像素子(図示省略)が配置されている。 On the image plane I, an image sensor (not shown) composed of a CCD, a CMOS, or the like is disposed.
 以上の構成のもと、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との間隔は減少し、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間隔は増大し、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間隔は減少し、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との間隔は増大するように、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G4と第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群とが像面Iに対して光軸に沿って移動する。詳細には、変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1は一旦像面I側へ移動してから物体側へ移動し、第2レンズ群G2と第4レンズ群G4とは一体に物体側へ移動し、第3レンズ群G3は物体側へ移動し、第5レンズ群G5は像面I側へ移動する。 With the above configuration, the zoom lens according to the present embodiment reduces the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state. The distance between the lens group G2 and the third lens group G3 increases, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 decreases, and the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 increases. In this way, the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the third lens group G4, the fourth lens group G4, and the fifth lens group move along the optical axis with respect to the image plane I. Specifically, at the time of zooming, the first lens group G1 once moves to the image plane I side and then moves to the object side, and the second lens group G2 and the fourth lens group G4 move together to the object side. Then, the third lens group G3 moves toward the object side, and the fifth lens group G5 moves toward the image plane I side.
 開口絞りSは、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間に配置され、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第3レンズ群G3と一体に移動する。 The aperture stop S is disposed between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3, and moves together with the third lens group G3 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
 また、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、第3レンズ群G3を像面I側へ移動させることにより、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦が行われる。 Further, in the zoom lens according to the present embodiment, focusing from an object at infinity to a near object is performed by moving the third lens group G3 to the image plane I side.
 また、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、第2レンズ群G2中の物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL24と両凸レンズL25と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL26との接合レンズを防振レンズ群として光軸と直交する方向の成分を含む方向に移動させることにより像ブレ発生時の像面補正、すなわち防振を行っている。 In the zoom lens according to the present example, a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L24 having a convex surface facing the object side in the second lens group G2, a biconvex lens L25, and a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side is used. Image plane correction when image blur occurs, that is, image stabilization, is performed by moving the image stabilization lens group in a direction including a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis.
 ここで、本実施例に係るズームレンズ全系の焦点距離をfとし、ブレ補正時の防振レンズ群の移動量に対する像面I上での像の移動量の比をKとするとき、角度θの回転ブレを補正するには、防振レンズ群を(f・tanθ)/Kだけ光軸と直交する方向にシフトさせれば良い。
 本実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態においては、防振係数Kは1.06であり、焦点距離は16.48(mm)(下記表9参照)であるので、0.81°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.22(mm)である。また、中間焦点距離状態においては、防振係数Kは1.32であり、焦点距離は25.21(mm)(下記表9参照)であるので、0.66°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.22(mm)である。また、望遠端状態においては、防振係数Kは1.64であり、焦点距離は33.95(mm)(下記表9参照)であるので、0.57°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.20(mm)である。
Here, when the focal length of the entire zoom lens system according to the present embodiment is f and the ratio of the moving amount of the image on the image plane I to the moving amount of the image stabilizing lens group at the time of blur correction is K, the angle In order to correct the rotational blur of θ, the anti-vibration lens group may be shifted in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis by (f · tan θ) / K.
In the zoom lens according to the present example, in the wide-angle end state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.06 and the focal length is 16.48 (mm) (see Table 9 below). The amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group for correcting the rotation blur is 0.22 (mm). Further, in the intermediate focal length state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.32 and the focal length is 25.21 (mm) (see Table 9 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.66 ° is corrected. The amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.22 (mm). Further, in the telephoto end state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.64, and the focal length is 33.95 (mm) (see Table 9 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.57 ° is corrected. The moving amount of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.20 (mm).
 以下の表9に、第9実施例に係るズームレンズの諸元値を掲げる。 Table 9 below lists specifications of the zoom lens according to Example 9.
 (表9)第9実施例
 [全体諸元]
W M T
f 16.48 25.21 33.95
FNO 4.00 4.00 4.00
ω 54.0 39.4 31.8
Y 21.64 21.64 21.64
TL 162.365 154.491 161.772
BF 23.901 22.523 18.067
 
 [面データ]
 面番号 r d nd νd
  物面 ∞
*1) 206.62948 2.000 1.82080 42.7
*2) 22.78595 5.394
3) 79.60930 2.000 1.90043 37.4
*4) 28.62293 12.227
5) -36.79633 2.000 1.49782 82.6
6) 138.93269 0.150
7) 59.13309 5.614 2.00100 29.1
8) -157.09491 (可変)
 
*9) 78.52593 8 .740 1.58313 59.4
10) -18.33622 1.500 1.65844 50.8
11) -31.62205 0.320
12) -53.95141 1.500 1.51742 52.2
13) 1642.72200 5.830
*14) 56.55132 1.500 1.79504 28.7
15) 30.04155 10.867 1.48749 70.3
16) -20.18962 1.500 1.68893 31.2
17) -26.35355 (可変)
 
18) (絞り) ∞ (可変)
 
19) -107.45547 1.500 1.74400 44.8
20) 19.22984 3.482 1.80244 25.6
21) 51.40293 (可変)
 
22) 43.71137 7.983 1.49782 82.6
23) -23.27350 1.500 1.88202 37.2
*24) -31.21137 0.150
25) 71.81959 1.500 1.90043 37.4
26) 18.76437 8.473 1.49782 82.6
27) 145.88740 (可変)
 
*28) -135.00000 4.550 1.77250 49.5
*29) -52.15640 (BF) 
  像面 ∞
 
 [レンズ群データ]
始面 焦点距離
G1 1 -24.38
G2 9 34.96
G3 19 -50.79
G4 22 84.06
G5 28 107.45
 
 [非球面データ]
  面番号:1
κ = 0.00000E+00
A4 = 7.49847E-06
A6 =-4.72101E-09
A8 = 1.34426E-12
A10= 7.77327E-16
 
  面番号:2
κ = 1.11000E-02
A4 =-2.39129E-05
A6 = 4.34446E-08
A8 =-4.32137E-11
A10= 3.44930E-14
 
  面番号:4
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 3.53137E-05
A6 = 6.78430E-09
A8 =-4.22471E-11
A10= 4.95919E-14
 
  面番号:9
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 =-4.89433E-06
A6 =-9.35308E-09
A8 = 0.00000E+00
A10= 0.00000E+00
 
  面番号:14
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 =-6.54457E-06
A6 = 5.07738E-09
A8 =-5.16352E-11
A10= 2.09233E-13
 
  面番号:24
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 2.08758E-06
A6 = 1.15759E-08
A8 =-7.29250E-11
A10= 1.18188E-13
 
  面番号:28
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 2.27203E-06
A6 = 1.20614E-09
A8 = 2.01555E-11
A10=-4.02390E-14
 
  面番号:29
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 6.10900E-06
A6 =-4.88513E-09
A8 = 2.18415E-11
A10=-3.91619E-14
 
 [可変間隔データ]
W M T W M T
無限遠 無限遠 無限遠 近距離 近距離 近距離
d 0 ∞ ∞ ∞ 110.00 117.87 110.60
β - - - -0.1310 -0.1947 -0.2863
f 16.48 25.21 33.95 - - -
d 8 27.288 7.805 0.500 27.288 7.805 0.500
d17 2.000 7.042 8.304 2.000 7.042 8.304
d18 4.000 4.000 4.000 5.664 7.386 9.288
d21 12.429 7.386 6.125 10.765 4.000 0.837
d27 2.468 15.455 34.496 2.468 15.455 34.496
BF 23.901 22.523 18.067 23.999 22.740 18.534
 
 [各条件式対応値]
 (1)f5/(-f1)=4.408
 (2)|m12|/fw=1.626
 (3)f5/f4=1.278
 
(Table 9) Ninth Example [Overall Specifications]
W M T
f 16.48 25.21 33.95
FNO 4.00 4.00 4.00
ω 54.0 39.4 31.8
Y 21.64 21.64 21.64
TL 162.365 154.491 161.772
BF 23.901 22.523 18.067

[Surface data]
Surface number r d nd νd
Object ∞
* 1) 206.62948 2.000 1.82080 42.7
* 2) 22.78595 5.394
3) 79.60930 2.000 1.90043 37.4
* 4) 28.62293 12.227
5) -36.79633 2.000 1.49782 82.6
6) 138.93269 0.150
7) 59.13309 5.614 2.00100 29.1
8) -157.09491 (variable)

* 9) 78.52593 8 .740 1.58313 59.4
10) -18.33622 1.500 1.65844 50.8
11) -31.62205 0.320
12) -53.95141 1.500 1.51742 52.2
13) 1642.72200 5.830
* 14) 56.55132 1.500 1.79504 28.7
15) 30.04155 10.867 1.48749 70.3
16) -20.18962 1.500 1.68893 31.2
17) -26.35355 (variable)

18) (Aperture) ∞ (Variable)

19) -107.45547 1.500 1.74400 44.8
20) 19.22984 3.482 1.80244 25.6
21) 51.40293 (variable)

22) 43.71137 7.983 1.49782 82.6
23) -23.27350 1.500 1.88202 37.2
* 24) -31.21137 0.150
25) 71.81959 1.500 1.90043 37.4
26) 18.76437 8.473 1.49782 82.6
27) 145.88740 (variable)

* 28) -135.00000 4.550 1.77250 49.5
* 29) -52.15640 (BF)
Image plane ∞

[Lens group data]
Start surface Focal length
G1 1 -24.38
G2 9 34.96
G3 19 -50.79
G4 22 84.06
G5 28 107.45

[Aspherical data]
Surface number: 1
κ = 0.00000E + 00
A4 = 7.49847E-06
A6 = -4.72101E-09
A8 = 1.34426E-12
A10 = 7.77327E-16

Surface number: 2
κ = 1.11000E-02
A4 = -2.39129E-05
A6 = 4.34446E-08
A8 = -4.32137E-11
A10 = 3.44930E-14

Surface number: 4
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 3.53137E-05
A6 = 6.78430E-09
A8 = -4.22471E-11
A10 = 4.95919E-14

Surface number: 9
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = -4.89433E-06
A6 = -9.35308E-09
A8 = 0.00000E + 00
A10 = 0.00000E + 00

Surface number: 14
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = -6.54457E-06
A6 = 5.07738E-09
A8 = -5.16352E-11
A10 = 2.09233E-13

Surface number: 24
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 2.08758E-06
A6 = 1.15759E-08
A8 = -7.29250E-11
A10 = 1.18188E-13

Surface number: 28
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 2.27203E-06
A6 = 1.20614E-09
A8 = 2.01555E-11
A10 = -4.02390E-14

Surface number: 29
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 6.10900E-06
A6 = -4.88513E-09
A8 = 2.18415E-11
A10 = -3.91619E-14

[Variable interval data]
W M T W M T
Infinity infinity infinity infinity short distance short distance short distance
d 0 ∞ ∞ ∞ 110.00 117.87 110.60
β----0.1310 -0.1947 -0.2863
f 16.48 25.21 33.95---
d 8 27.288 7.805 0.500 27.288 7.805 0.500
d17 2.000 7.042 8.304 2.000 7.042 8.304
d18 4.000 4.000 4.000 5.664 7.386 9.288
d21 12.429 7.386 6.125 10.765 4.000 0.837
d27 2.468 15.455 34.496 2.468 15.455 34.496
BF 23.901 22.523 18.067 23.999 22.740 18.534

[Values for each conditional expression]
(1) f5 / (− f1) = 4.408
(2) | m12 | /fw=1.626
(3) f5 / f4 = 1.278
 図34(a)、図34(b)、および図34(c)はそれぞれ、第9実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠物体合焦時の諸収差図である。
 図35(a)、図35(b)、および図35(c)はそれぞれ、第9実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における近距離物体合焦時の諸収差図である。
 図36(a)、図36(b)、および図36(c)はそれぞれ、第9実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における防振時のメリディオナル横収差図である。
FIGS. 34 (a), 34 (b), and 34 (c) are focused on an object at infinity in the wide-angle end state, intermediate focal length state, and telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 9, respectively. FIG.
FIGS. 35 (a), 35 (b), and 35 (c) are respectively for focusing a short distance object in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 9. FIG.
36 (a), 36 (b), and 36 (c) respectively show the meridional horizontal at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 9. It is an aberration diagram.
 各収差図から明らかなように、第9実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態から望遠端状態に亘って諸収差が良好に補正され、また、防振時においても高い光学性能を有することがわかる。 As is apparent from each aberration diagram, the zoom lens according to Example 9 has various aberrations well corrected from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, and has high optical performance even during image stabilization. I understand.
 (第10実施例)
 図37(a)、図37(b)、および図37(c)はそれぞれ、第10実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における断面図である。
 図37(a)中の各レンズ群の下の矢印は、広角端状態から中間焦点距離状態への変倍の際の各レンズ群の移動方向を示している。図37(b)中の各レンズ群の下の矢印は、中間焦点距離状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際の各レンズ群の移動方向を示している。
(Tenth embodiment)
FIGS. 37A, 37B, and 37C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 10 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 37A indicates the moving direction of each lens group upon zooming from the wide-angle end state to the intermediate focal length state. An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 37B indicates the moving direction of each lens group during zooming from the intermediate focal length state to the telephoto end state.
 図37(a)に示すように、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、負の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、正の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5とから構成されている。 As shown in FIG. 37A, the zoom lens according to the present embodiment includes a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a second lens having a positive refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis. The lens group G2 includes a third lens group G3 having a negative refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
 第1レンズ群G1は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL11と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL12と、両凹レンズL13と、両凸レンズL14とから構成されている。負メニスカスレンズL11は、物体側のレンズ面および像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。負メニスカスレンズL12は、像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The first lens group G1 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L12 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave lens L13, and a biconvex lens. L14. The negative meniscus lens L11 is an aspherical lens in which the object-side lens surface and the image-side lens surface are aspherical. The negative meniscus lens L12 is an aspherical lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
 第2レンズ群G2は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、両凸レンズL21と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL22との接合レンズと、両凹レンズL23と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL24と両凸レンズL25と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL26との接合レンズとから構成されている。両凸レンズL21は、物体側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。負メニスカスレンズL24は、物体側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The second lens group G2 has, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L21 and a negative meniscus lens L22 having a concave surface on the object side, a biconcave lens L23, and a convex surface on the object side. It is composed of a negative meniscus lens L24, a biconvex lens L25, and a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side. The biconvex lens L21 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side. The negative meniscus lens L24 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
 第3レンズ群G3は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、開口絞りSと、両凹レンズL31と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL32との接合レンズとから構成されている。 The third lens group G3 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, an aperture stop S, and a cemented lens of a biconcave lens L31 and a positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface facing the object side.
 第4レンズ群G4は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、正の屈折力を有する第4Fレンズ群G4Fと、負の屈折力を有する第4Rレンズ群G4Rとから構成されている。
 第4Fレンズ群G4Fは、両凸レンズL41と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL42との接合レンズから構成されている。負メニスカスレンズL42は、像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。
 第4Rレンズ群G4Rは、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL43と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL44との接合レンズから構成されている。
The fourth lens group G4 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a fourth F lens group G4F having a positive refractive power and a fourth R lens group G4R having a negative refractive power.
The fourth F lens group G4F includes a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L41 and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface directed toward the object side. The negative meniscus lens L42 is an aspheric lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
The fourth R lens group G4R includes a cemented lens including a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface directed toward the object side and a positive meniscus lens L44 having a convex surface directed toward the object side.
 第5レンズ群G5は、物体側に凹面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL51から構成されている。正メニスカスレンズL51は、物体側のレンズ面および像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The fifth lens group G5 includes a positive meniscus lens L51 having a concave surface directed toward the object side. The positive meniscus lens L51 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side and a lens surface on the image side.
 像面I上には、CCDやCMOS等から構成された撮像素子(図示省略)が配置されている。 On the image plane I, an image sensor (not shown) composed of a CCD, a CMOS, or the like is disposed.
 以上の構成のもと、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との間隔は減少し、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間隔は増大し、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間隔は減少し、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との間隔は増大するように、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G4と第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群とが像面Iに対して光軸に沿って移動する。詳細には、変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1は一旦像面I側へ移動してから物体側へ移動し、第2レンズ群G2と第4レンズ群G4とは一体に物体側へ移動し、第3レンズ群G3は物体側へ移動し、第5レンズ群G5は一旦物体側へ移動してから像面I側へ移動する。 With the above configuration, the zoom lens according to the present embodiment reduces the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state. The distance between the lens group G2 and the third lens group G3 increases, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 decreases, and the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 increases. In this way, the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the third lens group G4, the fourth lens group G4, and the fifth lens group move along the optical axis with respect to the image plane I. Specifically, at the time of zooming, the first lens group G1 once moves to the image plane I side and then moves to the object side, and the second lens group G2 and the fourth lens group G4 move together to the object side. Then, the third lens group G3 moves to the object side, and the fifth lens group G5 once moves to the object side and then moves to the image plane I side.
 開口絞りSは、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間に配置され、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第3レンズ群G3と共に移動する。 The aperture stop S is disposed between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3, and moves together with the third lens group G3 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
 また、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、第4Fレンズ群G4Fを物体側へ移動させることにより、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦が行われる。 In the zoom lens according to the present embodiment, focusing from an object at infinity to a near object is performed by moving the fourth F lens group G4F to the object side.
 また、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、第2レンズ群G2中の物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL24と両凸レンズL25と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL26との接合レンズを防振レンズ群として光軸と直交する方向の成分を含む方向に移動させることにより像ブレ発生時の像面補正、すなわち防振を行っている。 In the zoom lens according to the present example, a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L24 having a convex surface facing the object side in the second lens group G2, a biconvex lens L25, and a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side is used. Image plane correction when image blur occurs, that is, image stabilization, is performed by moving the image stabilization lens group in a direction including a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis.
 ここで、本実施例に係るズームレンズ全系の焦点距離をfとし、ブレ補正時の防振レンズ群の移動量に対する像面I上での像の移動量の比をKとするとき、角度θの回転ブレを補正するには、防振レンズ群を(f・tanθ)/Kだけ光軸と直交する方向にシフトさせれば良い。
 本実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態においては、防振係数Kは1.01であり、焦点距離は16.48(mm)(下記表10参照)であるので、0.81°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.23(mm)である。また、中間焦点距離状態においては、防振係数Kは1.28であり、焦点距離は25.22(mm)(下記表10参照)であるので、0.66°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.23(mm)である。また、望遠端状態においては、防振係数Kは1.58であり、焦点距離は33.95(mm)(下記表10参照)であるので、0.57°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.21(mm)である。
Here, when the focal length of the entire zoom lens system according to the present embodiment is f and the ratio of the moving amount of the image on the image plane I to the moving amount of the image stabilizing lens group at the time of blur correction is K, the angle In order to correct the rotational blur of θ, the anti-vibration lens group may be shifted in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis by (f · tan θ) / K.
In the zoom lens according to the present example, in the wide-angle end state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.01, and the focal length is 16.48 (mm) (see Table 10 below). The amount of movement of the vibration-proof lens group for correcting the rotation blur is 0.23 (mm). Further, in the intermediate focal length state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.28 and the focal length is 25.22 (mm) (see Table 10 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.66 ° is corrected. The amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.23 (mm). In the telephoto end state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.58, and the focal length is 33.95 (mm) (see Table 10 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.57 ° is corrected. The moving amount of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.21 (mm).
 以下の表10に、第10実施例に係るズームレンズの諸元値を掲げる。 Table 10 below lists specifications of the zoom lens according to the tenth example.
 (表10)第10実施例
 [全体諸元]
W M T
f 16.48 25.22 33.95
FNO 4.00 4.00 4.00
ω 54.0 39.5 31.8
Y 21.64 21.64 21.64
TL 157.040 150.577 158.386
BF 19.612 20.204 18.091
 
 [面データ]
 面番号 r d nd νd
  物面 ∞
*1) 748.12416 2.000 1.82080 42.7
*2) 24.27981 6.249
3) 82.72688 2.000 1.90043 37.4
*4) 29.19843 11.941
5) -38.35396 2.000 1.49782 82.6
6) 123.88139 0.150
7) 58.33566 5.662 2.00100 29.1
8) -157.62198 (可変)
 
*9) 53.58324 6.922 1.58313 59.4
10) -22.47903 1.500 1.65454 55.0
11) -43.36840 0.150
12) -111.21206 1.500 1.51742 52.2
13) 108.52980 7.626
*14) 45.76109 1.500 1.82227 25.8
15) 27.94575 10.712 1.48749 70.3
16) -23.08227 1.500 1.68893 31.2
17) -31.09319 (可変)
 
18) (絞り) ∞ 4.000
19) -95.69123 1.500 1.74400 44.8
20) 28.24642 3.135 1.80244 25.6
21) 114.16154 (可変)
 
22) 45.66871 6.767 1.49782 82.6
23) -24.10121 1.500 1.88202 37.2
*24) -36.88706 (可変)
 
25) 51.43628 1.500 1.90043 37.4
26) 17.97428 6.908 1.49782 82.6
27) 53.78862 (可変)
 
*28) -135.00000 4.998 1.77250 49.5
*29) -46.24500 (BF) 
  像面 ∞
 
 [レンズ群データ]
始面 焦点距離
G1 1 -24.13
G2 9 36.72
G3 18 -77.89
G4 22 151.54
G5 28 88.87
 
 [非球面データ]
  面番号:1
κ = 0.00000E+00
A4 = 9.52593E-06
A6 =-6.95106E-09
A8 = 1.81770E-12
A10= 4.34677E-16
 
  面番号:2
κ = 1.04000E-01
A4 =-2.28424E-05
A6 = 3.85220E-08
A8 =-4.02855E-11
A10= 2.50646E-14
 
  面番号:4
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 3.45313E-05
A6 = 2.43926E-08
A8 =-5.26585E-11
A10=-1.44105E-14
 
  面番号:9
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 =-3.39462E-06
A6 =-4.52751E-09
A8 = 0.00000E+00
A10= 0.00000E+00
 
  面番号:14
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 =-3.99540E-06
A6 = 6.90128E-09
A8 =-7.15162E-11
A10= 2.30252E-13
 
  面番号:24
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 2.95224E-06
A6 = 6.31531E-09
A8 =-6.95778E-11
A10= 9.58472E-14
 
  面番号:28
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 3.07452E-06
A6 = 6.73524E-10
A8 = 1.35472E-11
A10=-3.33968E-14
 
  面番号:29
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 7.09095E-06
A6 =-3.53806E-09
A8 = 1.19967E-11
A10=-2.88780E-14
 
 [可変間隔データ]
W M T W M T
無限遠 無限遠 無限遠 近距離 近距離 近距離
d 0 ∞ ∞ ∞ 115.33 121.81 114.01
β - - - -0.1237 -0.1846 -0.2688
f 16.48 25.22 33.95 - - -
d 8 26.754 7.684 0.500 26.754 7.684 0.500
d17 2.000 7.900 9.425 2.000 7.900 9.425
d21 11.786 5.887 4.361 10.002 2.909 0.209
d24 0.150 0.150 0.150 1.935 3.128 4.301
d27 5.019 17.035 34.140 5.019 17.035 34.140
BF 19.612 20.204 18.091 19.700 20.399 18.504
 
 [各条件式対応値]
 (1)f5/(-f1)=3.682
 (2)|m12|/fw=1.593
 (3)f5/f4=0.586
 
(Table 10) Tenth Example [Overall Specifications]
W M T
f 16.48 25.22 33.95
FNO 4.00 4.00 4.00
ω 54.0 39.5 31.8
Y 21.64 21.64 21.64
TL 157.040 150.577 158.386
BF 19.612 20.204 18.091

[Surface data]
Surface number r d nd νd
Object ∞
* 1) 748.12416 2.000 1.82080 42.7
* 2) 24.27981 6.249
3) 82.72688 2.000 1.90043 37.4
* 4) 29.19843 11.941
5) -38.35396 2.000 1.49782 82.6
6) 123.88139 0.150
7) 58.33566 5.662 2.00100 29.1
8) -157.62198 (variable)

* 9) 53.58324 6.922 1.58313 59.4
10) -22.47903 1.500 1.65454 55.0
11) -43.36840 0.150
12) -111.21206 1.500 1.51742 52.2
13) 108.52980 7.626
* 14) 45.76109 1.500 1.82227 25.8
15) 27.94575 10.712 1.48749 70.3
16) -23.08227 1.500 1.68893 31.2
17) -31.09319 (variable)

18) (Aperture) ∞ 4.000
19) -95.69123 1.500 1.74400 44.8
20) 28.24642 3.135 1.80244 25.6
21) 114.16154 (variable)

22) 45.66871 6.767 1.49782 82.6
23) -24.10121 1.500 1.88202 37.2
* 24) -36.88706 (variable)

25) 51.43628 1.500 1.90043 37.4
26) 17.97428 6.908 1.49782 82.6
27) 53.78862 (variable)

* 28) -135.00000 4.998 1.77250 49.5
* 29) -46.24500 (BF)
Image plane ∞

[Lens group data]
Start surface Focal length
G1 1 -24.13
G2 9 36.72
G3 18 -77.89
G4 22 151.54
G5 28 88.87

[Aspherical data]
Surface number: 1
κ = 0.00000E + 00
A4 = 9.52593E-06
A6 = -6.95106E-09
A8 = 1.81770E-12
A10 = 4.34677E-16

Surface number: 2
κ = 1.04000E-01
A4 = -2.28424E-05
A6 = 3.85220E-08
A8 = -4.02855E-11
A10 = 2.50646E-14

Surface number: 4
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 3.45313E-05
A6 = 2.43926E-08
A8 = -5.26585E-11
A10 = -1.44105E-14

Surface number: 9
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = -3.39462E-06
A6 = -4.52751E-09
A8 = 0.00000E + 00
A10 = 0.00000E + 00

Surface number: 14
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = -3.999540E-06
A6 = 6.90128E-09
A8 = -7.15162E-11
A10 = 2.30252E-13

Surface number: 24
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 2.95224E-06
A6 = 6.31531E-09
A8 = -6.95778E-11
A10 = 9.58472E-14

Surface number: 28
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 3.07452E-06
A6 = 6.73524E-10
A8 = 1.35472E-11
A10 = -3.33968E-14

Surface number: 29
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 7.09095E-06
A6 = -3.53806E-09
A8 = 1.19967E-11
A10 = -2.88780E-14

[Variable interval data]
W M T W M T
Infinity infinity infinity infinity short distance short distance short distance
d 0 ∞ ∞ ∞ 115.33 121.81 114.01
β----0.1237 -0.1846 -0.2688
f 16.48 25.22 33.95---
d 8 26.754 7.684 0.500 26.754 7.684 0.500
d17 2.000 7.900 9.425 2.000 7.900 9.425
d21 11.786 5.887 4.361 10.002 2.909 0.209
d24 0.150 0.150 0.150 1.935 3.128 4.301
d27 5.019 17.035 34.140 5.019 17.035 34.140
BF 19.612 20.204 18.091 19.700 20.399 18.504

[Values for each conditional expression]
(1) f5 / (− f1) = 3.682
(2) | m12 | /fw=1.593
(3) f5 / f4 = 0.586
 図38(a)、図38(b)、および図38(c)はそれぞれ、第10実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠物体合焦時の諸収差図である。
 図39(a)、図39(b)、および図39(c)はそれぞれ、第10実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における近距離物体合焦時の諸収差図である。
 図40(a)、図40(b)、および図40(c)はそれぞれ、第10実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における防振時のメリディオナル横収差図である。
FIGS. 38 (a), 38 (b), and 38 (c) are focused on an object at infinity in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 10, respectively. FIG.
FIGS. 39 (a), 39 (b), and 39 (c) are focused on a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 10, respectively. FIG.
40 (a), 40 (b), and 40 (c) are respectively the meridional laterals at the time of image stabilization in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 10. It is an aberration diagram.
 各収差図から明らかなように、第10実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態から望遠端状態に亘って諸収差が良好に補正され、また、防振時においても高い光学性能を有することがわかる。 As is apparent from each aberration diagram, the zoom lens according to the tenth example has various aberrations well corrected from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, and has high optical performance even during image stabilization. I understand.
 (第11実施例)
 図41(a)、図41(b)、および図41(c)はそれぞれ、第11実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における断面図である。
 図41(a)中の各レンズ群の下の矢印は、広角端状態から中間焦点距離状態への変倍の際の各レンズ群の移動方向を示している。図41(b)中の各レンズ群の下の矢印は、中間焦点距離状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際の各レンズ群の移動方向を示している。
(Eleventh embodiment)
41A, 41B, and 41C are cross-sectional views of the zoom lens according to Example 11 in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state, respectively.
An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 41A indicates the moving direction of each lens group at the time of zooming from the wide-angle end state to the intermediate focal length state. An arrow below each lens group in FIG. 41B indicates the moving direction of each lens group during zooming from the intermediate focal length state to the telephoto end state.
 図41(a)に示すように、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群G1と、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群G2と、負の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群G3と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群G4と、正の屈折力を有する第5レンズ群G5とから構成されている。 As shown in FIG. 41A, the zoom lens according to the present example includes a first lens group G1 having a negative refractive power and a second lens having a positive refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis. The lens group G2 includes a third lens group G3 having a negative refractive power, a fourth lens group G4 having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group G5 having a positive refractive power.
 第1レンズ群G1は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL11と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL12と、両凹レンズL13と、両凸レンズL14とから構成されている。負メニスカスレンズL11は、物体側のレンズ面および像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。負メニスカスレンズL12は、像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The first lens group G1 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a negative meniscus lens L11 having a convex surface facing the object side, a negative meniscus lens L12 having a convex surface facing the object side, a biconcave lens L13, and a biconvex lens. L14. The negative meniscus lens L11 is an aspherical lens in which the object-side lens surface and the image-side lens surface are aspherical. The negative meniscus lens L12 is an aspherical lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
 第2レンズ群G2は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、両凸レンズL21と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL22との接合レンズと、両凹レンズL23と、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL24と両凸レンズL25と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL26との接合レンズとから構成されている。両凸レンズL21は、物体側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。負メニスカスレンズL24は、物体側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The second lens group G2 has, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L21 and a negative meniscus lens L22 having a concave surface on the object side, a biconcave lens L23, and a convex surface on the object side. It is composed of a negative meniscus lens L24, a biconvex lens L25, and a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side. The biconvex lens L21 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side. The negative meniscus lens L24 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side.
 第3レンズ群G3は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、開口絞りSと、両凹レンズL31と物体側に凸面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL32との接合レンズと、フレアカット絞りFSとから構成されている。 The third lens group G3 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, an aperture stop S, a cemented lens of a biconcave lens L31 and a positive meniscus lens L32 having a convex surface facing the object side, and a flare-cut stop FS. Has been.
 第4レンズ群G4は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、両凸レンズL41と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL42との接合レンズと、物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL43と両凸レンズL44との接合レンズとから構成されている。負メニスカスレンズL42は、像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The fourth lens group G4 includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a cemented lens of a biconvex lens L41 and a negative meniscus lens L42 having a concave surface facing the object side, and a negative meniscus lens L43 having a convex surface facing the object side. It consists of a cemented lens with a biconvex lens L44. The negative meniscus lens L42 is an aspheric lens having an aspherical lens surface on the image side.
 第5レンズ群G5は、物体側に凹面を向けた正メニスカスレンズL51から構成されている。正メニスカスレンズL51は、物体側のレンズ面および像側のレンズ面を非球面形状とした非球面レンズである。 The fifth lens group G5 includes a positive meniscus lens L51 having a concave surface directed toward the object side. The positive meniscus lens L51 is an aspheric lens having an aspheric lens surface on the object side and a lens surface on the image side.
 像面I上には、CCDやCMOS等から構成された撮像素子(図示省略)が配置されている。 On the image plane I, an image sensor (not shown) composed of a CCD, a CMOS, or the like is disposed.
 以上の構成のもと、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との間隔は減少し、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間隔は増大し、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間隔は減少し、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との間隔は増大するように、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G4と第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群とが像面Iに対して光軸に沿って移動する。詳細には、変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1は一旦像面I側へ移動してから物体側へ移動し、第2レンズ群G2と第4レンズ群G4とは一体に物体側へ移動し、第3レンズ群G3は物体側へ移動し、第5レンズ群G5は一旦物体側へ移動してから像面I側へ移動する。 With the above configuration, the zoom lens according to the present embodiment reduces the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state. The distance between the lens group G2 and the third lens group G3 increases, the distance between the third lens group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 decreases, and the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 increases. In this way, the first lens group G1, the second lens group G2, the third lens group G4, the fourth lens group G4, and the fifth lens group move along the optical axis with respect to the image plane I. Specifically, at the time of zooming, the first lens group G1 once moves to the image plane I side and then moves to the object side, and the second lens group G2 and the fourth lens group G4 move together to the object side. Then, the third lens group G3 moves to the object side, and the fifth lens group G5 once moves to the object side and then moves to the image plane I side.
 開口絞りSは、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間に配置され、広角端状態から望遠端状態への変倍の際、第3レンズ群G3と共に移動する。 The aperture stop S is disposed between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3, and moves together with the third lens group G3 when zooming from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state.
 また、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、第5レンズ群G5を物体側へ移動させることにより、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦が行われる。 In the zoom lens according to the present embodiment, the fifth lens group G5 is moved to the object side, thereby focusing from an object at infinity to a near object.
 また、本実施例に係るズームレンズは、第2レンズ群G2中の物体側に凸面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL24と両凸レンズL25と物体側に凹面を向けた負メニスカスレンズL26との接合レンズを防振レンズ群として光軸と直交する方向の成分を含む方向に移動させることにより像ブレ発生時の像面補正、すなわち防振を行っている。 In the zoom lens according to the present example, a cemented lens of a negative meniscus lens L24 having a convex surface facing the object side in the second lens group G2, a biconvex lens L25, and a negative meniscus lens L26 having a concave surface facing the object side is used. Image plane correction when image blur occurs, that is, image stabilization, is performed by moving the image stabilization lens group in a direction including a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis.
 ここで、本実施例に係るズームレンズ全系の焦点距離をfとし、ブレ補正時の防振レンズ群の移動量に対する像面I上での像の移動量の比をKとするとき、角度θの回転ブレを補正するには、防振レンズ群を(f・tanθ)/Kだけ光軸と直交する方向にシフトさせれば良い。
 本実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態においては、防振係数Kは0.97であり、焦点距離は16.48(mm)(下記表11参照)であるので、0.81°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.24(mm)である。また、中間焦点距離状態においては、防振係数Kは1.19であり、焦点距離は25.21(mm)(下記表11参照)であるので、0.66°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.24(mm)である。また、望遠端状態においては、防振係数Kは1.43であり、焦点距離は33.94(mm)(下記表11参照)であるので、0.57°の回転ブレを補正するための防振レンズ群の移動量は0.23(mm)である。
Here, when the focal length of the entire zoom lens system according to the present embodiment is f and the ratio of the moving amount of the image on the image plane I to the moving amount of the image stabilizing lens group at the time of blur correction is K, the angle In order to correct the rotational blur of θ, the anti-vibration lens group may be shifted in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis by (f · tan θ) / K.
In the zoom lens according to the present example, in the wide-angle end state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 0.97, and the focal length is 16.48 (mm) (see Table 11 below). The amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group for correcting the rotation blur is 0.24 (mm). In the intermediate focal length state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.19, and the focal length is 25.21 (mm) (see Table 11 below). The amount of movement of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.24 (mm). In the telephoto end state, the image stabilization coefficient K is 1.43, and the focal length is 33.94 (mm) (see Table 11 below), so that the rotational blur of 0.57 ° is corrected. The moving amount of the anti-vibration lens group is 0.23 (mm).
 以下の表11に、第11実施例に係るズームレンズの諸元値を掲げる。 Table 11 below lists specifications of the zoom lens according to the eleventh example.
 (表11)第11実施例
 [全体諸元]
W M T
f 16.48 25.21 33.94
FNO 4.00 4.00 4.00
ω 54.1 40.4 32.8
Y 21.64 21.64 21.64
TL 162.327 153.706 157.417
BF 18.026 19.051 18.015
 
 [面データ]
 面番号 r d nd νd
  物面 ∞
*1) 132.59820 2.000 1.82080 42.7
*2) 19.32271 7.442
3) 160.87743 2.000 1.90043 37.4
*4) 32.91214 9.741
5) -38.07464 2.000 1.49782 82.6
6) 561.24096 0.150
7) 73.09225 5.033 2.00100 29.1
8) -129.44599 (可変)
 
*9) 40.27118 7.618 1.58313 59.4
10) -22.79658 1.500 1.65160 58.6
11) -37.12857 2.061
12) -39.17300 1.500 1.51742 52.2
13) 1874.52540 1.776
*14) 51.35062 1.500 1.79504 28.7
15) 28.77558 8.221 1.48749 70.3
16) -23.13956 1.500 1.68893 31.2
17) -31.27181 (可変)
 
18) (絞り) ∞ 4.000
19) -105.52859 1.500 1.74400 44.8
20) 25.92479 2.859 1.80244 25.6
21) 69.72964 1.000
22) (FS) ∞ (可変)
 
23) 65.71858 10.859 1.49782 82.6
24) -19.28535 1.500 1.88202 37.2
*25) -31.97958 0.150
26) 89.97758 1.500 1.90043 37.4
27) 24.75006 11.838 1.49782 82.6
28) -103.72759 (可変)
 
*29) -135.00000 4.892 1.77250 49.5
*30) -59.90604 (BF) 
  像面 ∞
 
 [レンズ群データ]
始面 焦点距離
G1 1 -21.74
G2 9 34.29
G3 18 -60.80
G4 23 73.88
G5 29 135.56
 
 [非球面データ]
  面番号:1
κ = 0.00000E+00
A4 = 1.16094E-05
A6 =-9.06420E-09
A8 = 2.81639E-12
A10= 2.24774E-15
 
  面番号:2
κ = 1.30300E-01
A4 =-1.18813E-05
A6 = 5.68936E-08
A8 =-9.29931E-11
A10= 2.59824E-14
 
  面番号:4
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 2.67754E-05
A6 =-6.40784E-09
A8 =-5.02628E-11
A10= 2.60885E-13
 
  面番号:9
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 =-2.85903E-06
A6 =-6.88788E-09
A8 = 0.00000E+00
A10= 0.00000E+00
 
  面番号:14
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 =-4.52862E-06
A6 = 3.83779E-09
A8 =-2.25240E-11
A10= 7.59629E-14
 
  面番号:25
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 4.32494E-06
A6 = 5.82097E-09
A8 =-4.56687E-11
A10= 3.78592E-14
 
  面番号:29
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 9.68518E-06
A6 =-2.01079E-08
A8 = 1.31643E-11
A10=-2.09414E-15
 
  面番号:30
κ = 1.00000E+00
A4 = 8.93441E-06
A6 =-2.66479E-08
A8 = 2.35900E-11
A10=-9.65459E-15
 
 [可変間隔データ]
W M T W M T
無限遠 無限遠 無限遠 近距離 近距離 近距離
d 0 ∞ ∞ ∞ 230.00 238.63 234.90
β - - - -0.0651 -0.0951 -0.1271
f 16.48 25.21 33.94 - - -
d 8 29.064 8.952 0.500 29.064 8.952 0.500
d17 2.000 9.683 15.225 2.000 9.683 15.225
d22 14.725 7.042 1.500 14.725 7.042 1.500
d28 4.371 14.839 28.037 0.147 6.667 14.415
BF 18.026 19.051 18.015 22.275 22.275 31.731
 
 [各条件式対応値]
 (1)f5/(-f1)=6.234
 (2)|m12|/fw=1.734
 (3)f5/f4=1.835
 
(Table 11) Eleventh Example [Overall specifications]
W M T
f 16.48 25.21 33.94
FNO 4.00 4.00 4.00
ω 54.1 40.4 32.8
Y 21.64 21.64 21.64
TL 162.327 153.706 157.417
BF 18.026 19.051 18.015

[Surface data]
Surface number r d nd νd
Object ∞
* 1) 132.59820 2.000 1.82080 42.7
* 2) 19.32271 7.442
3) 160.87743 2.000 1.90043 37.4
* 4) 32.91214 9.741
5) -38.07464 2.000 1.49782 82.6
6) 561.24096 0.150
7) 73.09225 5.033 2.00100 29.1
8) -129.44599 (variable)

* 9) 40.27118 7.618 1.58313 59.4
10) -22.79658 1.500 1.65160 58.6
11) -37.12857 2.061
12) -39.17300 1.500 1.51742 52.2
13) 1874.52540 1.776
* 14) 51.35062 1.500 1.79504 28.7
15) 28.77558 8.221 1.48749 70.3
16) -23.13956 1.500 1.68893 31.2
17) -31.27181 (variable)

18) (Aperture) ∞ 4.000
19) -105.52859 1.500 1.74400 44.8
20) 25.92479 2.859 1.80244 25.6
21) 69.72964 1.000
22) (FS) ∞ (variable)

23) 65.71858 10.859 1.49782 82.6
24) -19.28535 1.500 1.88202 37.2
* 25) -31.97958 0.150
26) 89.97758 1.500 1.90043 37.4
27) 24.75006 11.838 1.49782 82.6
28) -103.72759 (variable)

* 29) -135.00000 4.892 1.77250 49.5
* 30) -59.90604 (BF)
Image plane ∞

[Lens group data]
Start surface Focal length
G1 1 -21.74
G2 9 34.29
G3 18 -60.80
G4 23 73.88
G5 29 135.56

[Aspherical data]
Surface number: 1
κ = 0.00000E + 00
A4 = 1.16094E-05
A6 = -9.06420E-09
A8 = 2.81639E-12
A10 = 2.24774E-15

Surface number: 2
κ = 1.30300E-01
A4 = -1.18813E-05
A6 = 5.68936E-08
A8 = -9.29931E-11
A10 = 2.59824E-14

Surface number: 4
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 2.67754E-05
A6 = -6.40784E-09
A8 = -5.02628E-11
A10 = 2.60885E-13

Surface number: 9
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = -2.885903E-06
A6 = -6.88788E-09
A8 = 0.00000E + 00
A10 = 0.00000E + 00

Surface number: 14
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = -4.52862E-06
A6 = 3.83779E-09
A8 = -2.25240E-11
A10 = 7.59629E-14

Surface number: 25
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 4.32494E-06
A6 = 5.82097E-09
A8 = -4.56687E-11
A10 = 3.78592E-14

Surface number: 29
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 9.68518E-06
A6 = -2.01079E-08
A8 = 1.31643E-11
A10 = -2.09414E-15

Surface number: 30
κ = 1.00000E + 00
A4 = 8.93441E-06
A6 = -2.666479E-08
A8 = 2.35900E-11
A10 = -9.65459E-15

[Variable interval data]
W M T W M T
Infinity infinity infinity infinity short distance short distance short distance
d 0 ∞ ∞ ∞ 230.00 238.63 234.90
β----0.0651 -0.0951 -0.1271
f 16.48 25.21 33.94---
d 8 29.064 8.952 0.500 29.064 8.952 0.500
d17 2.000 9.683 15.225 2.000 9.683 15.225
d22 14.725 7.042 1.500 14.725 7.042 1.500
d28 4.371 14.839 28.037 0.147 6.667 14.415
BF 18.026 19.051 18.015 22.275 22.275 31.731

[Values for each conditional expression]
(1) f5 / (− f1) = 6.234
(2) | m12 | /fw=1.734
(3) f5 / f4 = 1.835
 図42(a)、図42(b)、および図42(c)はそれぞれ、第11実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における無限遠物体合焦時の諸収差図である。
 図43(a)、図43(b)、および図43(c)はそれぞれ、第11実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における近距離物体合焦時の諸収差図である。
 図44(a)、図44(b)、および図44(c)はそれぞれ、第11実施例に係るズームレンズの広角端状態、中間焦点距離状態、および望遠端状態における防振時のメリディオナル横収差図である。
42 (a), 42 (b), and 42 (c) are in-focus at infinity in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 11, respectively. FIG.
FIGS. 43 (a), 43 (b), and 43 (c) are respectively for focusing a short-distance object in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 11. FIG.
44 (a), 44 (b), and 44 (c) respectively show the meridional horizontal during vibration isolation in the wide-angle end state, the intermediate focal length state, and the telephoto end state of the zoom lens according to Example 11. It is an aberration diagram.
 各収差図から明らかなように、第11実施例に係るズームレンズは、広角端状態から望遠端状態に亘って諸収差が良好に補正され、また、防振時においても高い光学性能を有することがわかる。 As is apparent from the respective aberration diagrams, the zoom lens according to the eleventh example has various aberrations well corrected from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state, and has high optical performance even during image stabilization. I understand.
 以上説明したように、上記各実施例によれば、Fナンバーが明るく、高い光学性能を備えたズームレンズを実現することができる。特に、変倍比が1.5倍から2.5倍程度のズームレンズにおいて、Fナンバーが2.8から4.0程度の明るさを有し、かつ広画角のズームレンズを実現することができる。さらに、防振レンズ群の小型化を実現し、防振時においても高い光学性能を発揮することができる。また、上記各実施例によれば、広角端状態の半画角(単位:度)が39<ωW<57(より好ましくは、42<ωW<57)の範囲のズームレンズを実現することができる。 As described above, according to the above embodiments, a zoom lens having a bright F number and high optical performance can be realized. In particular, in a zoom lens having a zoom ratio of about 1.5 to 2.5, a zoom lens having an F number of about 2.8 to 4.0 and a wide angle of view is realized. Can do. Furthermore, it is possible to reduce the size of the anti-vibration lens group and to exhibit high optical performance even during the anti-vibration period. Further, according to each of the above embodiments, it is possible to realize a zoom lens in which the half angle of view (unit: degree) in the wide-angle end state is in the range of 39 <ωW <57 (more preferably, 42 <ωW <57). .
 また、ズームレンズは、広角端状態における半画角(単位:度)が、39<ωW<57(より好ましくは、42<ωW<57)の範囲であることが好ましくは可能である。また、ズームレンズは、変倍の際、Fナンバーは略一定であることが好ましくは可能である。また、ズームレンズは、合焦レンズ群を動かすためのモータは、ステッピングモータが好ましくは可能である。また、ズームレンズは、変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1が一旦像面I側へ移動し、その後物体側へ移動することが好ましくは可能である。また、ズームレンズは、変倍の際、第5レンズ群G5は像面Iに対して固定であることが好ましくは可能である。また、ズームレンズは、変倍の際、第2レンズ群G2と第4レンズ群G4とは、同じ移動軌跡で物体側に移動し、移動量が同じであることが好ましくは可能である。また、ズームレンズは、変倍の際、第1レンズ群G1と第2レンズ群G2との間隔が変化し、第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間隔が変化し、第3レンズ群G3と第4レンズ群G4との間隔が変化し、第4レンズ群G4と第5レンズ群G5との間隔が変化することが好ましくは可能である。 In the zoom lens, the half angle of view (unit: degree) in the wide-angle end state is preferably in the range of 39 <ωW <57 (more preferably 42 <ωW <57). In addition, it is preferable that the F lens has a substantially constant F number when zooming. In the zoom lens, the motor for moving the focusing lens group is preferably a stepping motor. In zooming, it is preferable that the first lens group G1 once moves to the image plane I side and then moves to the object side during zooming. In the zoom lens, it is preferable that the fifth lens group G5 is fixed with respect to the image plane I during zooming. In zooming, it is preferable that the second lens group G2 and the fourth lens group G4 move to the object side along the same movement locus and have the same movement amount during zooming. In addition, in the zoom lens, during zooming, the distance between the first lens group G1 and the second lens group G2 changes, the distance between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3 changes, and the third lens. It is preferable that the distance between the group G3 and the fourth lens group G4 changes and the distance between the fourth lens group G4 and the fifth lens group G5 changes.
 なお、上記各実施例は一具体例を示しているものであり、本実施形態はこれらに限定されるものではない。以下の内容は、ズームレンズの光学性能を損なわない範囲で適宜採用することが可能である。 In addition, each said Example shows a specific example, and this embodiment is not limited to these. The following contents can be appropriately adopted as long as the optical performance of the zoom lens is not impaired.
 ズームレンズの数値実施例として5群構成のものを示したが、例えば6群等の他の群構成にも適用可能である。また、最も物体側にレンズまたはレンズ群を追加した構成や、最も像側にレンズまたはレンズ群を追加した構成でも構わない。なお、レンズ群とは、空気間隔で分離された、少なくとも1枚のレンズを有する部分を示す。 Although a numerical example of the zoom lens having a five-group configuration is shown, it can also be applied to other group configurations such as a six-group. Further, a configuration in which a lens or a lens group is added to the most object side or a configuration in which a lens or a lens group is added to the most image side may be used. The lens group refers to a portion having at least one lens separated by an air interval.
 また、ズームレンズにおいて、単独または複数のレンズ群、または部分レンズ群を光軸方向に移動させて、無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦を行う合焦レンズ群としても良い。合焦レンズ群はオートフォーカスにも適用でき、オートフォーカス用のモータ、例えば超音波モータ等による駆動にも適している。特に第2レンズ群G2の一部を合焦レンズ群とするのが好ましくは可能であるが、第3レンズ群G3、第5レンズ群G5の全体または一部を合焦レンズ群とすることとしてもよく、第2レンズ群G2全体を合焦レンズ群としてもよい。 Further, in the zoom lens, a single lens group, a plurality of lens groups, or a partial lens group may be moved in the optical axis direction so as to perform focusing from an object at infinity to a near object. The focusing lens group can be applied to autofocus, and is also suitable for driving by an autofocus motor, such as an ultrasonic motor. In particular, it is preferable that a part of the second lens group G2 is a focusing lens group, but the whole or a part of the third lens group G3 and the fifth lens group G5 is a focusing lens group. Alternatively, the entire second lens group G2 may be used as the focusing lens group.
 また、ズームレンズにおいて、レンズ群または部分レンズ群を光軸と垂直な成分を持つように移動させ、または光軸を含む方向に回転移動(揺動)させて、手ブレによって生じる像ブレを補正する防振レンズ群としても良い。特に第3レンズ群G3の全体を防振レンズ群とするのが好ましくは可能であるが、第4レンズ群G4の全体または一部を防振レンズ群としてもよく、第3レンズ群の一部を防振レンズ群としてもよい。 In a zoom lens, the lens group or partial lens group is moved so as to have a component perpendicular to the optical axis, or rotated (swinged) in the direction including the optical axis to correct image blur caused by camera shake. An anti-vibration lens group may be used. In particular, the entire third lens group G3 is preferably an anti-vibration lens group, but the entire or part of the fourth lens group G4 may be an anti-vibration lens group, and a part of the third lens group. May be used as a vibration-proof lens group.
 また、ズームレンズを構成するレンズのレンズ面は、球面又は平面としてもよく、或いは非球面としてもよい。レンズ面が球面又は平面の場合、レンズ加工及び組立調整が容易になり、レンズ加工及び組立調整の誤差による光学性能の劣化を防ぐことができるため好ましい。また、像面がずれた場合でも描写性能の劣化が少ないため好ましい。レンズ面が非球面の場合、研削加工による非球面、ガラスを型で非球面形状に成型したガラスモールド非球面、又はガラス表面に設けた樹脂を非球面形状に形成した複合型非球面のいずれでもよい。また、レンズ面は回折面としてもよく、レンズを屈折率分布型レンズ(GRINレンズ)或いはプラスチックレンズとしてもよい。 Further, the lens surface of the lens constituting the zoom lens may be a spherical surface, a flat surface, or an aspherical surface. When the lens surface is a spherical surface or a flat surface, it is preferable because lens processing and assembly adjustment are easy, and deterioration of optical performance due to errors in lens processing and assembly adjustment can be prevented. Further, even when the image plane is deviated, it is preferable because there is little deterioration in drawing performance. When the lens surface is aspherical, any of aspherical surface by grinding, glass mold aspherical surface in which glass is molded into an aspherical shape, or composite aspherical surface in which resin provided on the glass surface is formed in an aspherical shape Good. The lens surface may be a diffractive surface, and the lens may be a gradient index lens (GRIN lens) or a plastic lens.
 また、ズームレンズにおいて、開口絞りは第2レンズ群G2と第3レンズ群G3との間に配置されるのが好ましくは可能であるが、開口絞りとして部材を設けずにレンズの枠でその役割を代用する構成としてもよい。 In the zoom lens, it is preferable that the aperture stop be disposed between the second lens group G2 and the third lens group G3. However, the role of the aperture stop is not provided as a member in the lens frame. It is good also as a structure which substitutes.
 また、ズームレンズを構成するレンズのレンズ面には、フレアやゴーストを軽減し、高コントラストの高い光学性能を達成するために、広い波長域で高い透過率を有する反射防止膜を施してもよい。 In addition, the lens surface of the lens constituting the zoom lens may be provided with an antireflection film having high transmittance in a wide wavelength region in order to reduce flare and ghost and achieve high optical performance with high contrast. .
 次に、ズームレンズを備えたカメラを図45に基づいて説明する。
 図45は、ズームレンズを備えたカメラの構成を示す概略図である。
 図45に示すようにカメラ1は、撮影レンズ2として上記第1実施例に係るズームレンズを備えたデジタル一眼レフカメラである。
 図45に示すデジタル一眼レフカメラ1において、図示しない物体(被写体)からの光は、撮影レンズ2で集光されて、クイックリターンミラー3を介して集点板5に結像される。そして、集点板5に結像された光は、ペンタプリズム7中で複数回反射されて接眼レンズ9へと導かれる。これにより、撮影者は、物体(被写体)像を接眼レンズ9を介して正立像として観察することができる。
Next, a camera equipped with a zoom lens will be described with reference to FIG.
FIG. 45 is a schematic diagram illustrating a configuration of a camera including a zoom lens.
As shown in FIG. 45, the camera 1 is a digital single-lens reflex camera provided with the zoom lens according to the first embodiment as the photographing lens 2.
In the digital single-lens reflex camera 1 shown in FIG. 45, light from an object (subject) (not shown) is collected by the photographing lens 2 and formed on the focusing plate 5 via the quick return mirror 3. The light imaged on the collecting plate 5 is reflected a plurality of times in the pentaprism 7 and guided to the eyepiece lens 9. Thus, the photographer can observe the object (subject) image as an erect image through the eyepiece 9.
 撮影者によって図示しないレリーズボタンが押されると、クイックリターンミラー3が光路外へ退避し、撮影レンズ2で集光された物体(被写体)の光は撮像素子11上に被写体像を形成する。これにより、物体からの光は、撮像素子11により撮像され、物体画像としてメモリ(図示省略)に記憶される。このようにして、撮影者はカメラ1による物体の撮影を行うことができる。 When a release button (not shown) is pressed by the photographer, the quick return mirror 3 is retracted out of the optical path, and the light of the object (subject) collected by the photographing lens 2 forms a subject image on the image sensor 11. Thereby, the light from the object is picked up by the image pickup device 11 and stored in a memory (not shown) as an object image. In this way, the photographer can photograph an object with the camera 1.
 ここで、カメラ1に撮影レンズ2として搭載した上記第1実施例に係るズームレンズは、Fナンバーが明るく、高い光学性能を有するズームレンズである。したがってカメラ1は、高い光学性能を備えたカメラである。なお、上記第2実施例~第11実施例に係るズームレンズを撮影レンズ2として搭載したカメラを構成しても、上記カメラ1と同様の効果を奏することができる。また、カメラ1は、撮影レンズ2を着脱可能に保持するものでも良く、撮影レンズ2と一体に成形されるものでも良い。また、カメラ1は、クイックリターンミラー等を有さないカメラでも良い。 Here, the zoom lens according to the first embodiment mounted on the camera 1 as the photographing lens 2 is a zoom lens having a bright F number and high optical performance. Therefore, the camera 1 is a camera with high optical performance. It should be noted that the same effects as those of the camera 1 can be obtained even if a camera in which the zoom lens according to the second to eleventh embodiments is mounted as the photographing lens 2 is configured. Moreover, the camera 1 may hold | maintain the photographic lens 2 so that attachment or detachment is possible, and may be shape | molded integrally with the photographic lens 2. FIG. The camera 1 may be a camera that does not have a quick return mirror or the like.
 次に、ズームレンズの製造方法について説明する。図46は、ズームレンズの製造方法の概略を示す図である。 Next, a method for manufacturing a zoom lens will be described. FIG. 46 is a diagram showing an outline of a method for manufacturing a zoom lens.
 ズームレンズの製造方法は、光軸に沿って物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群と、負の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群と、第5レンズ群とを有するズームレンズの製造方法であって、図46に示すように、以下の各ステップS1、S2を含むものである。
 ステップS1:以下の条件式(1)を満足するように構成する。
  (1)1.000<f5/(-f1)<10.000
 ただし、
 f5:前記第5レンズ群の焦点距離
 f1:前記第1レンズ群の焦点距離
 ステップS2:変倍の際、前記第1レンズ群と前記第2レンズ群との間隔は変化し、前記第2レンズ群と前記第3レンズ群との間隔は変化し、前記第3レンズ群と前記第4レンズ群との間隔は変化し、前記第4レンズ群と前記第5レンズ群との間隔は変化するように構成する。
The zoom lens manufacturing method includes, in order from the object side along the optical axis, a first lens group having negative refractive power, a second lens group having positive refractive power, and a third lens having negative refractive power. 46. A zoom lens manufacturing method including a group, a fourth lens group having a positive refractive power, and a fifth lens group, and includes the following steps S1 and S2 as shown in FIG.
Step S1: It is configured so as to satisfy the following conditional expression (1).
(1) 1.000 <f5 / (− f1) <10.000
However,
f5: Focal length of the fifth lens group f1: Focal length of the first lens group Step S2: During zooming, the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group changes, and the second lens The distance between the third lens group and the third lens group changes, the distance between the third lens group and the fourth lens group changes, and the distance between the fourth lens group and the fifth lens group changes. Configure.
 斯かるズームレンズの製造方法によれば、Fナンバーが明るく、高い光学性能を有するズームレンズを製造することができる。特に、変倍比が1.5倍から2.5倍程度のズームレンズにおいて、Fナンバーが2.8から4.0程度の明るさを有し、かつ広画角のズームレンズを製造することができる。 According to such a zoom lens manufacturing method, a zoom lens having a bright F number and high optical performance can be manufactured. Particularly, in a zoom lens having a zoom ratio of about 1.5 to 2.5 times, a zoom lens having an F number of about 2.8 to 4.0 and a wide angle of view is manufactured. Can do.
G1 第1レンズ群
G2 第2レンズ群
G3 第3レンズ群
G4 第4レンズ群
G5 第5レンズ群
Gf 合焦レンズ群
S 開口絞り
FS フレアカット絞り
I 像面
1 光学装置
2 撮影レンズ
3 クイックリターンミラー
5 集点板
7 ペンタプリズム
9 接眼レンズ
11 撮像素子
G1 1st lens group G2 2nd lens group G3 3rd lens group G4 4th lens group G5 5th lens group Gf Focusing lens group S Aperture stop FS Flare cut stop I Image surface 1 Optical device 2 Shooting lens 3 Quick return mirror 5 focusing plate 7 pentaprism 9 eyepiece 11 image sensor

Claims (14)

  1.  光軸に沿って物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群と、負の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群と、第5レンズ群とを有し、
     変倍の際、前記第1レンズ群と前記第2レンズ群との間隔は変化し、前記第2レンズ群と前記第3レンズ群との間隔は変化し、前記第3レンズ群と前記第4レンズ群との間隔は変化し、前記第4レンズ群と前記第5レンズ群との間隔は変化し、
     以下の条件式を満足するズームレンズ。
     1.000<f5/(-f1)<10.000
     ただし、
     f5:前記第5レンズ群の焦点距離
     f1:前記第1レンズ群の焦点距離
    A first lens group having a negative refractive power, a second lens group having a positive refractive power, a third lens group having a negative refractive power, and a positive refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis. A fourth lens group having a fifth lens group,
    During zooming, the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group changes, the distance between the second lens group and the third lens group changes, and the third lens group and the fourth lens group change. The distance between the lens group changes, the distance between the fourth lens group and the fifth lens group changes,
    A zoom lens that satisfies the following conditional expression.
    1.000 <f5 / (− f1) <10.000
    However,
    f5: focal length of the fifth lens group f1: focal length of the first lens group
  2.  以下の条件式を満足する請求項1に記載のズームレンズ。
     0.300<|m12|/fw<5.000 
     ただし、
     |m12|:前記第1レンズ群の最も像側のレンズ面から前記第2レンズ群の最も物体側のレンズ面までの光軸上の距離の、広角端状態から望遠端状態までの変化量
     fw:広角端状態における前記ズームレンズ全系の焦点距離
    The zoom lens according to claim 1, wherein the following conditional expression is satisfied.
    0.300 <| m12 | / fw <5.000
    However,
    | M12 |: the amount of change from the wide-angle end state to the telephoto end state of the distance on the optical axis from the most image side lens surface of the first lens group to the most object side lens surface of the second lens group fw : Focal length of the entire zoom lens system in the wide-angle end state
  3.  以下の条件式を満足する請求項1または2に記載のズームレンズ。
     0.200<f5/f4<4.000
     ただし、
     f5:前記第5レンズ群の焦点距離
     f4:前記第4レンズ群の焦点距離
    The zoom lens according to claim 1, wherein the zoom lens satisfies the following conditional expression.
    0.200 <f5 / f4 <4.0000
    However,
    f5: focal length of the fifth lens group f4: focal length of the fourth lens group
  4.  前記第5レンズ群は、正の屈折力を有する請求項1から3の何れか一項に記載のズームレンズ。 The zoom lens according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the fifth lens group has a positive refractive power.
  5.  前記第3レンズ群中の少なくとも一部のレンズを光軸と直交する方向の成分を含むように移動可能なように構成する請求項1から4の何れか一項に記載のズームレンズ。 The zoom lens according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein at least a part of the lenses in the third lens group is configured to be movable so as to include a component in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis.
  6.  前記第2レンズ群中の少なくとも一部のレンズを光軸と直交する方向の成分を含むように移動可能なように構成する請求項1から4の何れか一項に記載のズームレンズ。 The zoom lens according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein at least a part of the lenses in the second lens group is configured to be movable so as to include a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis.
  7.  前記第4レンズ群中の少なくとも一部のレンズを光軸と直交する方向の成分を含むように移動可能なように構成する請求項1から4の何れか一項に記載のズームレンズ。 The zoom lens according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein at least a part of the lenses in the fourth lens group is configured to be movable so as to include a component in a direction orthogonal to the optical axis.
  8.  前記第2レンズ群中の少なくとも一部のレンズを光軸に沿って移動させることによって無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦を行う請求項1から7の何れか一項に記載のズームレンズ。 The zoom lens according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein focusing from an object at infinity to an object at a short distance is performed by moving at least a part of the lenses in the second lens group along an optical axis. .
  9.  前記第3レンズ群中の少なくとも一部のレンズを光軸に沿って移動させることによって無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦を行う請求項1から7の何れか一項に記載のズームレンズ。 The zoom lens according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein focusing from an object at infinity to a near object is performed by moving at least a part of the lenses in the third lens group along an optical axis. .
  10.  前記第4レンズ群中の少なくとも一部のレンズを光軸に沿って移動させることによって無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦を行う請求項1から7の何れか一項に記載のズームレンズ。 The zoom lens according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein focusing from an object at infinity to an object at a short distance is performed by moving at least a part of the lenses in the fourth lens group along an optical axis. .
  11.  前記第5レンズ群の一部または全部を光軸に沿って移動させることによって無限遠物体から近距離物体への合焦を行う請求項1から7の何れか一項に記載のズームレンズ。 The zoom lens according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein focusing is performed from an object at infinity to an object at a short distance by moving a part or all of the fifth lens group along an optical axis.
  12.  前記第2レンズ群と前記第3レンズ群との間に開口絞りを有する請求項1から11の何れか一項に記載のズームレンズ。 The zoom lens according to any one of claims 1 to 11, further comprising an aperture stop between the second lens group and the third lens group.
  13.  請求項1から12の何れか一項に記載のズームレンズを備えた光学機器。 An optical apparatus comprising the zoom lens according to any one of claims 1 to 12.
  14.  光軸に沿って物体側から順に、負の屈折力を有する第1レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第2レンズ群と、負の屈折力を有する第3レンズ群と、正の屈折力を有する第4レンズ群と、第5レンズ群とを有するズームレンズの製造方法であって、
     以下の条件式を満足するように構成し、
     変倍の際、前記第1レンズ群と前記第2レンズ群との間隔は変化し、前記第2レンズ群と前記第3レンズ群との間隔は変化し、前記第3レンズ群と前記第4レンズ群との間隔は変化し、前記第4レンズ群と前記第5レンズ群との間隔は変化するように構成するズームレンズの製造方法。
     1.000<f5/(-f1)<10.000
     ただし、
     f5:前記第5レンズ群の焦点距離
     f1:前記第1レンズ群の焦点距離
    A first lens group having a negative refractive power, a second lens group having a positive refractive power, a third lens group having a negative refractive power, and a positive refractive power in order from the object side along the optical axis. A zoom lens having a fourth lens group and a fifth lens group,
    Configure to satisfy the following conditional expression,
    During zooming, the distance between the first lens group and the second lens group changes, the distance between the second lens group and the third lens group changes, and the third lens group and the fourth lens group change. A method of manufacturing a zoom lens, wherein the distance between the lens group changes and the distance between the fourth lens group and the fifth lens group changes.
    1.000 <f5 / (− f1) <10.000
    However,
    f5: focal length of the fifth lens group f1: focal length of the first lens group
PCT/JP2016/052655 2015-01-30 2016-01-29 Zoom lens, optical apparatus, and zoom lens production method WO2016121926A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016572181A JPWO2016121926A1 (en) 2015-01-30 2016-01-29 Zoom lens, optical device, and method of manufacturing zoom lens

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015017209 2015-01-30
JP2015-017209 2015-01-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016121926A1 true WO2016121926A1 (en) 2016-08-04

Family

ID=56543530

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2016/052655 WO2016121926A1 (en) 2015-01-30 2016-01-29 Zoom lens, optical apparatus, and zoom lens production method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (4) JPWO2016121926A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2016121926A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2019191307A (en) * 2018-04-23 2019-10-31 キヤノン株式会社 Zoom lens and image capturing device having the same

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2022087548A (en) * 2020-12-01 2022-06-13 キヤノン株式会社 Zoom lens and image capturing device having the same
CN112230408B (en) * 2020-12-14 2021-03-05 嘉兴中润光学科技股份有限公司 Small-size camera device and zoom lens

Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0380210A (en) * 1989-08-24 1991-04-05 Nikon Corp Zoom lens
JP2001042217A (en) * 1999-07-30 2001-02-16 Canon Inc Zoom lens
JP2007094169A (en) * 2005-09-29 2007-04-12 Nikon Corp Zoom lens
JP2007187879A (en) * 2006-01-13 2007-07-26 Konica Minolta Photo Imaging Inc Imaging optical system and imaging apparatus
JP2007279077A (en) * 2006-04-03 2007-10-25 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Variable power optical system and imaging apparatus
US20080192360A1 (en) * 2007-02-14 2008-08-14 Asia Optical Co., Inc Zoom lens system
JP2009008845A (en) * 2007-06-27 2009-01-15 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Zoom lens and imaging apparatus
JP2012113067A (en) * 2010-11-22 2012-06-14 Olympus Imaging Corp Zoom lens including optical path bending member and imaging apparatus including the same
US20120268831A1 (en) * 2011-04-19 2012-10-25 Panavision International, L.P. Wide angle zoom lens
JP2013080151A (en) * 2011-10-05 2013-05-02 Canon Inc Zoom lens and imaging apparatus provided with the same
WO2013128856A1 (en) * 2012-02-29 2013-09-06 株式会社ニコン Zoom optical system
JP2014016464A (en) * 2012-07-09 2014-01-30 Canon Inc Zoom lens and imaging device having the same

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3226297B2 (en) * 1991-06-29 2001-11-05 オリンパス光学工業株式会社 Zoom lens and camera with zoom lens
JP3847506B2 (en) * 1999-12-21 2006-11-22 オリンパス株式会社 Zoom lens
JP2004271937A (en) * 2003-03-10 2004-09-30 Ricoh Co Ltd Zoom lens, camera and personal digital assistant using same
JP2005091992A (en) * 2003-09-19 2005-04-07 Ricoh Co Ltd Zoom lens and camera system
KR101416279B1 (en) * 2012-02-02 2014-07-09 파워옵틱스 주식회사 Compact zoom lens
JP2015094883A (en) * 2013-11-13 2015-05-18 富士フイルム株式会社 Zoom lens and imaging apparatus
JP2015121735A (en) * 2013-12-25 2015-07-02 キヤノン株式会社 Zoom lens and image projector having the same

Patent Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0380210A (en) * 1989-08-24 1991-04-05 Nikon Corp Zoom lens
JP2001042217A (en) * 1999-07-30 2001-02-16 Canon Inc Zoom lens
JP2007094169A (en) * 2005-09-29 2007-04-12 Nikon Corp Zoom lens
JP2007187879A (en) * 2006-01-13 2007-07-26 Konica Minolta Photo Imaging Inc Imaging optical system and imaging apparatus
JP2007279077A (en) * 2006-04-03 2007-10-25 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Variable power optical system and imaging apparatus
US20080192360A1 (en) * 2007-02-14 2008-08-14 Asia Optical Co., Inc Zoom lens system
JP2009008845A (en) * 2007-06-27 2009-01-15 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Zoom lens and imaging apparatus
JP2012113067A (en) * 2010-11-22 2012-06-14 Olympus Imaging Corp Zoom lens including optical path bending member and imaging apparatus including the same
US20120268831A1 (en) * 2011-04-19 2012-10-25 Panavision International, L.P. Wide angle zoom lens
JP2013080151A (en) * 2011-10-05 2013-05-02 Canon Inc Zoom lens and imaging apparatus provided with the same
WO2013128856A1 (en) * 2012-02-29 2013-09-06 株式会社ニコン Zoom optical system
JP2014016464A (en) * 2012-07-09 2014-01-30 Canon Inc Zoom lens and imaging device having the same

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2019191307A (en) * 2018-04-23 2019-10-31 キヤノン株式会社 Zoom lens and image capturing device having the same
JP7146436B2 (en) 2018-04-23 2022-10-04 キヤノン株式会社 ZOOM LENS AND IMAGING DEVICE HAVING THE SAME

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6915667B2 (en) 2021-08-04
JP2020034946A (en) 2020-03-05
JP6683279B2 (en) 2020-04-15
JPWO2016121926A1 (en) 2017-11-02
JP2020160446A (en) 2020-10-01
JP2019164375A (en) 2019-09-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6697721B2 (en) Zoom lens and optical equipment
JP5130806B2 (en) Magnification optical system, image pickup device, and magnifying optical system magnifying method
JP6669281B2 (en) Zoom lens and optical equipment
WO2016121955A1 (en) Zoom lens, optical apparatus, and zoom lens production method
WO2013146758A1 (en) Optical zoom system, optical device, and method for manufacturing zoom optical system
CN111386486A (en) Variable magnification optical system, optical device, and method for manufacturing variable magnification optical system
JP6915667B2 (en) Zoom lens and optical equipment
WO2014192750A1 (en) Variable magnification optical system, imaging device, and method for manufacturing variable magnification optical system
JP5720378B2 (en) Zoom lens, optical device, and zoom lens manufacturing method
JP5720377B2 (en) Zoom lens, optical device, and zoom lens manufacturing method
JP5407363B2 (en) Variable magnification optical system, imaging device, and variable magnification optical system manufacturing method
CN114779455A (en) Variable magnification optical system and optical device
JP2019113576A (en) Optical system, optical device, and method of manufacturing optical system
WO2016017724A1 (en) Variable-power optical system, optical device, and method for manufacturing variable-power optical system
JP5407365B2 (en) Variable magnification optical system, imaging device, and variable magnification optical system manufacturing method
JP5407364B2 (en) Variable magnification optical system, imaging device, and variable magnification optical system manufacturing method
JP6589888B2 (en) Zoom lens and optical device
JP6241141B2 (en) Variable magnification optical system, optical apparatus, and variable magnification optical system manufacturing method
WO2015119252A1 (en) Imaging lens, optical device provided with same, and imaging lens production method
JP2017078835A (en) Imaging lens, optical device comprising imaging lens, and method for manufacturing imaging lens
JP6241143B2 (en) Variable magnification optical system, optical apparatus, and variable magnification optical system manufacturing method
JP6241142B2 (en) Variable magnification optical system, optical apparatus, and variable magnification optical system manufacturing method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16743529

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016572181

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16743529

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1